Honda 2015 Cr V Owners Manual

Manual AT0Z1515OM 2015 Honda CR-V Owner's Manual | Manual Device

2015-10-23

: Honda Honda-2015-Honda-Cr-V-Owners-Manual-816848 honda-2015-honda-cr-v-owners-manual-816848 honda pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 533 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

California Proposition 65 Warning
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
•How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
•Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
•How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
•How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
WARNING: This product contains or emits
chemicals known to the state of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other reproductive
harm.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential.
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
NOTICE
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 0 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
00x31-T0A-6330 2015 CR-V Owner's Manual AOM01550
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgment.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
●Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
●Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol
3
and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:
●Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
●Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
●Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.
3DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
3WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
3CAUTION
You CAN be HURT if you don't follow
instructions.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 1 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Contents
This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.
This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.
2Safe Driving P. 27
For Safe Driving P. 28 Seat Belts P. 33 Airbags P. 41
2Instrument Panel P. 69
Indicators P. 70 Gauges and Displays P. 92
2Controls P. 127
Clock P. 128 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 130
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
*
P. 152
Adjusting the Seats P. 175
Climate Control System
*
P. 200
2Features P. 205
Audio System P. 206 Audio System Basic Operation P. 213
Customized Features P. 271 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
P. 282
2Driving P. 347
Before Driving P. 348 Towing a Trailer P. 353
Parking Your Vehicle P. 416
Multi-View Rear Camera
*
P. 417
2Maintenance P. 425
Before Performing Maintenance P. 426 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 429
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 461
2Handling the Unexpected P. 483
Tools P. 484 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 485
Overheating P. 497 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 499
2Information P. 509
Specifications P. 510 Identification Numbers P. 512
Emissions Testing P. 515 Warranty Coverages P. 517
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 2 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Contents
Child Safety P. 54 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 67 Safety Labels P. 68
Opening and Closing the Tailgate P. 140 Security System P. 147 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 150
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 153 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 173
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 185 Heating and Cooling System
*
P. 197
Audio Error Messages P. 262 General Information on the Audio System P. 267
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 284 Compass P. 342
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 358 When Driving P. 360 Braking P. 405
Refueling P. 420 Fuel Economy P. 423 Accessories and Modifications P. 424
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 440 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 452
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 465 Battery P. 474 Remote Transmitter Care P. 475
Heating and Cooling System
*
/Climate Control System
*
Maintenance P. 477 Cleaning P. 478
Engine Does Not Start P. 491 Jump Starting P. 494 Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 496
Fuses P. 503 Emergency Towing P. 506
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate P. 507
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 513 Reporting Safety Defects P. 514
Authorized Manuals P. 519 Customer Service Information P. 520
Quick Reference Guide
P. 4
Safe Driving
P. 27
Instrument Panel
P. 69
Controls
P. 127
Features
P. 205
Driving
P. 347
Maintenance
P. 425
Handling the Unexpected
P. 483
Information
P. 509
Index
P. 522
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 3 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
4
Quick Reference Guide
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
❙ECON Button
(P 370)
❙Ignition Switch
*
(P 153)
❙Steering Wheel Adjustments
(P 172)
❙Information Display
*
(P 93)
❙Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Button
*
(P 401)
❙Hazard Warning Button
❙System Indicators
(P 70)
❙Rear Window Defogger
(P 168)
❙Heated Mirror Button
*
(P 168)
❙Gauges
(P 92)
❙intelligent Multi-Information Display
(i-MID)
(P 111)
❙Multi-Information Display
*
(P 96)
❙ENGINE START/STOP Button
*
(P 154)
❙Heating and Cooling System
*
(P 197)
❙Audio System
(P 206)
❙Navigation System
*
() See the Navigation System Manual
❙ (Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System OFF) Button
(P 396)
❙Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Button
*
(P 387)
❙Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) OFF Button
*
(P 412)
❙Heated Windshield Button
*
(P 169)
❙Power Tailgate Button
*
(P 145)
❙Climate Control System
*
(P 200)
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 4 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
5
❙ (Select/Reset) Knob
*
(P 93)
❙MENU Button
(P 114)
❙
(+ / (- / / Buttons (P 114)
❙SOURCE Button
(P 114)
❙ (Display) Button
(P 111)
❙Headlights/Turn Signals
(P 158)
❙Brightness Control
(P 167)
❙Navigation System Voice Control Buttons
*
() See the Navigation System Manual
❙Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System Voice
Control Buttons
(P 284)
❙LaneWatch
TM*
(P 398)
❙Fog Lights
*
(P 162)
❙Wipers/Washers
(P 164)
❙Cruise Control Buttons
*
(P 371)
❙Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Buttons
*
(P 375)
❙Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button
*
(P 391)
❙ (Information) Button
*
(P 96)
❙SEL/RESET Button
*
(P 96)
❙Horn (Press an area around .)
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 5 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Visual Index
6
Quick Reference Guide
❙Power Door Lock Master Switch
(P 138)
❙Power Window Switches
(P 150)
❙Rearview Mirror
(P 173)
❙Driver's Front Airbag
(P 44)
❙Parking Brake
(P 405)
❙Hood Release Handle
(P 441)
❙Glove Box
(P 187)
❙Driver’s Pocket
❙Fuel Fill Door Release Handle
(P 421)
❙Memory Buttons
*
(P 171)
❙Accessory Power Socket
(P 189)
❙Seat Heater Switches
*
(P 194)
❙Interior Fuse Box
(P 504)
❙Passenger's Front Airbag
(P 44)
❙Shift Lever
Continuously Variable
Transmission
(P 368)
❙SET Button
*
(P 171)
❙Door Mirror Controls
(P 174)
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 6 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
7
❙Sun Visors
❙Vanity Mirrors
❙Moonroof Switch
*
(P 152)
❙Map Lights
(P 186)
❙Front Seat
(P 175)
❙Seat Belts
(P 33)
❙Side Airbags
(P 48)
❙Rear Seat
(P 182)
❙Ceiling Light
(P 185)
❙Side Curtain Airbags
(P 50)
❙Sunglasses Holder
(P 193)
❙Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
(P 38)
❙Cargo Area Light
(P 185)
❙USB Port(s)
*
(P 208)
❙LATCH to Secure a Child Seat
(P 59)
❙Accessory Power Socket
(P 189)
❙HDMI® Port
*
(P 209)
❙Grab Handle
❙Coat Hook
(P 191)
❙Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat
(P 63)
❙Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat)
(P 62)
❙USB Adapter Cable
*
(P 207)
❙Auxiliary Input Jack
*
(P 207)
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 7 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Visual Index
8
Quick Reference Guide
❙Audio Antenna
(P 209)
❙Windshield Wipers
(P 164, 461)
❙Door Lock/Unlock Control
(P 133)
❙How to Refuel
(P 421)
❙High-Mount Brake Light
(P 460)
❙Rear Wiper
(P 165, 463)
❙Back-Up Lights
(P 457)
❙Brake/Taillights
(P 457)
❙Rear Turn Signal Lights
(P 457)
❙Rear Side Marker Lights
(P 457)
❙Power Door Mirrors
(P 174)
❙Maintenance Under the Hood
(P 440)
❙Fog Lights
*
(P 162, 453)
❙Multi-View Rear Camera
*
(P 417)
❙Front Turn Signal/Side Marker Lights
(P 158, 455, 456)
❙Parking Lights
(P 159, 456)
❙Tires
(P 465, 485)
❙Headlights
(P 159, 452)
❙Opening/Closing the Tailgate
(P 140)
❙Tailgate Release Button
(P141)
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 8 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
9
Eco Assist System (P 370)
Ambient Meter
●Changes color to reflect your driving
style.
Green: Fuel efficient driving
Yellow: Moderate acceleration/
deceleration
White: Aggressive acceleration/
deceleration
●The ambient meter color changes in
accordance with your brake or
accelerator pedal operation.
ECON Button (P 370)
Helps maximize fuel economy.
ECON Mode Indicator (P 78)
Comes on when ECON mode is on.
The message is displayed for a
few seconds when the ECON
mode is turned on.
Models with multi-information
display
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 9 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
10
Quick Reference Guide
Safe Driving (P 27)
Airbags
(P 41)
●Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety
(P 54)
●All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
●Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
●Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard
(P 67)
●Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon
monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon
monoxide gas can accumulate.
Before Driving Checklist
(P 32)
●Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Seat Belts
(P 33)
●Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
●Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 10 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
11
Instrument Panel (P 69)
System Indicators
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
Charging System
Indicator
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA®) System
Indicator
VSA® OFF Indicator
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
Lights Indicators
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Fog Light Indicator
*
Immobilizer System
Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
System Indicators
CRUISE CONTROL
Indicator
*
Parking Brake
and Brake System
Indicator
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
Door and Tailgate
*
Open Indicator
CRUISE MAIN Indicator
*
Tachometer
Speedometer
Fuel
Gauge
Security System Alarm Indicator
*
Shift Lever Position Indicator
Low Fuel Indicator
Gauges
(P 92)
/Information Display
*
(P 93)
/Multi-Information Display
*
(P96)
/
intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
(P 111)
/System Indicators
(P 70)
Tailgate Open
Indicator
*
ECON Mode Indicator
Maintenance Minder
Indicator
*
Washer Level
Indicator
*
Ambient Meter
Temperature Gauge
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
Indicator
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) System
Indicator
*
System Indicators
Canada
U.S.
Smart Entry System
Indicator
*
Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS) Indicator
*
Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC) Indicator
*
Starter System
Indicator
*
Collision Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) Indicator
*
Lane Departure
Warning Indicator
*
System Message
Indicator
*
Multi-Information Display
*
Canada
U.S.
Brake System
Indicator (Amber)
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 11 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
12
Quick Reference Guide
Controls (P127)
Clock
(P 128)
The navigation system receives signals from
GPS satellites, updating the clock
automatically.
The clock in the i-MID is automatically
updated along with the audio system’s clock
display.
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Models with two displays
i-MID
a
Press the CLOCK (AUX) button until the
displayed time begins flashing.
b
Press the (4 (Hour) or (5 (Minute)
button to set the time. Press the (6
(Reset) button to set the time to the
nearest hour.
c
Press the CLOCK button again to set
the time.
To set the time to the nearest hour:
Press and hold the CLOCK button until the
clock display begins to blink, then press the
(6 (Reset) button.
Depending on the displayed time, the clock
sets forward or backward.
Example:
1:06 will reset to 1:00
1:53 will reset to 2:00
Models with one display
a
Press the (Home) button, then
select Settings.
b
Select Clock/Info, then Clock
Adjustment.
c
Touch the / icon to adjust the
numbers up or down.
d
Select OK.
Models with two displays
(Home) Button
3
4
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 12 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
13
ENGINE START/STOP
Button
*
(P154)
Press the button to change the vehicle’s
power mode.
Turn Signals
(P158)
Lights
(P159)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Light Control Switches
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
Wipers and Washers
(P164)
*1:Models with automatic intermittent
wipers
*2:Models without automatic intermittent
wipers
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
Adjustment Ring
: Low Sensitivity
*1
: Long Delay
*2
: High Sensitivity
*1
: Short Delay
*2
MIST
OFF
AUTO
*1
: Wiper speed varies
automatically
INT
*2
: Low speed with
intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 13 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
14
Quick Reference Guide
Steering Wheel
(P172)
●To adjust, pull the adjustment lever
towards you, adjust to the desired
position, then lock the lever back in place.
Unlocking the Front
Doors from the Inside
(P137)
●Pull either front door inner handle to
unlock and open it at the same time.
Tailgate
(P140)
●With all the doors unlocked, press the
tailgate release button and lift open the
tailgate.
●Press the tailgate release button to
unlock and open the tailgate when you
carry the smart entry remote.
●Press the power tailgate button on the
driver side control panel or the remote
transmitter to open and close the power
tailgate.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Models with power tailgate
Power Door Mirrors
(P174)
●With the ignition switch in ON (w
*1
, move
the selector switch to L or R.
●Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have
an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of
an ignition switch.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 14 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
15
Power Windows
(P150)
●With the ignition switch in ON (w
*1
, open
and close the power windows.
●If the power window lock button is in the
off position, each passenger's window
can be opened and closed with its own
switch.
●If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator on), each
passenger's window switch is disabled.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have
an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of
an ignition switch.
Power Window Lock Button
Window
Switch
Indicator
Heating and Cooling System
*
(P 197)
●Rotate the fan control dial to adjust the fan speed.
●Press the Mode buttons ( / / / ) to select the vents air flows from.
●Rotate the temperature control dial to adjust the temperature.
●Use the button for maximum cool setting.
●Rotate the fan control dial to OFF to turn the system off.
●Press the button to defrost the windshield.
Fan Control
Dial
(Windshield
Defroster) Button
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents and back
of the center console.
Air flows from dashboard
vents and back of the center
console.
Button
Button
Button (Recirculation) Button
Temperature
Control Dial
Button Button
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 15 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
16
Quick Reference Guide
Climate Control System
*
(P 200)
●Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
●Press the button to turn the system on or off.
●Press the button to defrost the windshield.
The climate control system is voice operable. See the Navigation System Manual for complete details.
Models with navigation system
Driver's Side Temperature
Control Dial
/ (Fan Control) Buttons
(Windshield Defroster) Button
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents and back of
the center console.
Air flows from dashboard
vents and back of the center
console.
SYNC (Synchronized) Button
(Recirculation) Button
AUTO Button
Passenger's Side Temperature
Control Dial
MODE Control Button
(On/Off) Button
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 16 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
17
Features (P 205)
Audio Remote Controls
(P211)
●(+ / (- Button
Press to adjust the volume up/down.
●SOURCE Button
Press to change the audio mode: FM1/
FM2/AM/CD/AUX.
Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/
SiriusXM®
*
/CD/USB/iPod/Pandora®
*
/Aha
TM
/
Apps/Bluetooth® Audio/AUX HDMI.
● / Button
Radio:Press to change the preset station.
Press and hold to select the next or
previous strong station.
CD/USB device:
Press to skip to the beginning of
the next song or return to the
beginning of the current song.
Press and hold to change a folder.
(+ / (- Button
SOURCE
Button
/ Button
Models with one display
Models with two displays
Audio System
(P 206)
For navigation system operation
() See the Navigation System Manual
i-MID
AM Button
FM Button
SCAN Button
Skip/Seek Button
Selector Knob
Button (Power) Button
CD Button
AUX Button
CD Slot
(CD Eject) Button
Preset Buttons (1-6)
Button
SETUP Button
Skip/Seek Button
PHONE Button
Models with one display
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 17 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
18
Quick Reference Guide
●Press the (Eject/CLOSE) button to open the screen.
Models with two displays
i-MID
(Power) Button
(Home) Button
VOL (Volume)
Buttons
(Menu) Button
(Back) Button
(Eject/CLOSE)
Button
Button
Audio/Information Screen
Microphones
●Press the (Eject/CLOSE) button to
return the screen to the upright position.
(Eject/CLOSE) Button CD Slot
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 18 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
19
Driving (P 347)
Release Button Shift Lever
Depress the brake pedal and press the
release button to move out of
(P.
Move the shift lever without
pressing the release button.
Press the release button to
move the shift lever.
Continuously Variable Transmission
(P 368)
●Shift to (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.
●Shifting
Park
Turn off or start the engine.
Transmission is locked.
Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Transmission is not locked.
Drive
Normal driving.
Drive (S)
●
Better acceleration
●
Used to increase engine braking
●
Used when going up or down hills
Low
●
Used to further increase engine braking
●
Used when going up or down hills
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 19 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
20
Quick Reference Guide
VSA® OFF Button
(P 397)
●The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system
helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering, and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
●VSA® comes on automatically every time
you start the engine.
●To turn VSA® on or off, press and hold
the button until you hear a beep.
Cruise Control
*
(P 371)
●Cruise control allows you to maintain a
set speed without keeping your foot on
the accelerator pedal.
●To use cruise control, press the CRUISE
button, then press –/SET once you have
achieved the desired speed (above 25
mph or 40 km/h).
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS)
(P 401)
●Detects a change in tire conditions and
overall dimensions due to decrease in tire
pressures.
●The TPMS is turned on automatically
every time you start the engine.
●A calibration procedure must be
performed when certain conditions arise.
Collision Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) OFF Button
*
(P 412)
●When a possible collision is likely
unavoidable, the CMBS
TM
can help you to
reduce the vehicle speed and the severity
of the collision.
●To turn the CMBS
TM
on or off, press and
hold the button until you hear a beep.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 20 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
21
Refueling
(P 420)
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded gasoline with a pump octane number 87 or
higher required
Fuel tank capacity: 15.3 US gal (58 L)
a
Pull the fuel fill door
release handle.
b
Turn the fuel fill cap
slowly to remove the
cap.
c
Place the cap in the
holder on the fuel fill
door.
d
After refueling, screw
the cap back on until it
clicks at least once.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 21 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
22
Quick Reference Guide
Maintenance (P 425)
Under the Hood
(P 440)
●Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer
fluid. Add when necessary.
●Check brake fluid.
●Check the battery condition monthly.
a
Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the
dashboard.
b
Locate the hood latch lever, pull the lever up, and lift up
the hood.
c
When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly
locked in place.
Lights
(P 452)
●Inspect all lights regularly.
Wiper Blades
(P 461)
●Replace blades if they leave streaks
across the windshield.
Tires
(P 465)
●Inspect tires and wheels regularly.
●Check tire pressures regularly.
●Install snow tires for winter
driving.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 22 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
23
Handling the Unexpected
(P483)
Flat Tire
(P485)
●Park in a safe location and replace the
flat tire with the compact spare tire in the
cargo area.
Indicators Come On
(P499)
●Identify the indicator and consult the
owner's manual.
Engine Won't Start
(P491)
●If the battery is dead, jump start using a
booster battery.
Blown Fuse
(P503)
●Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.
Overheating
(P497)
●Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the engine cool down.
Emergency Towing
(P506)
●Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 23 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
24
Quick Reference Guide
What to Do If
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
*2:Canadian models
The ignition switch does
not turn from (0 to (q
*1
.
Why?
●
The steering wheel may be locked.
●
Try to turn the steering wheel left and right
while turning the ignition key.
●
Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button at the same time.
The ignition switch does
not turn from (q to (0
*1
and I cannot remove the
key. Why?
The shift lever should be moved to (P.
Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
*2
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 24 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
25
The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?
Check if the childproof lock is in the
lock position. If so, open the rear
door with the outside door handle.
To cancel this function, push the
lever to the unlock position.
Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors
using a remote
transmitter?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.
Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver's door?
The beeper sounds when:
●
The key is left in the ignition switch
*
.
●
The power mode
*
is in ACCESSORY.
●
The exterior lights are left on.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 25 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
26
Quick Reference Guide
Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when:
●
Driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts.
●
The parking brake lever is not fully released.
Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 26 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
27
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions ............. 28
Important Handling Information......... 30
Your Vehicle's Safety Features............ 31
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts........................ 33
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 36
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 40
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 41
Types of Airbags ................................ 44
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 44
Side Airbags ...................................... 48
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 50
Airbag System Indicators.................... 51
Airbag Care ....................................... 53
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 54
Safety of Infants and Small Children .......56
Safety of Larger Children ................... 65
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 67
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 68
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 27 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
28
Safe Driving
For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle's safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Important Safety Precautions
■Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
■Restrain all children
Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.
■Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.
■Don't drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don't mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don't drink and drive, and don't let your friends drink and drive, either.
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 28 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
29
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions
■Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely
Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.
■Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
■Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 29 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
30
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Handling Information
Safe Driving
Important Handling Information
Your vehicle has higher ground clearance than a passenger vehicle designed for use
only on pavement. Higher ground clearance has many advantages for off-highway
driving. It allows you to travel over bumps, obstacles, and rough terrain. It also
provides good visibility so you can anticipate problems earlier.
These advantages come at some cost. Because your vehicle is taller and rides higher
off the ground, it has a higher center gravity making it more susceptible to tripping
or roll over if you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher
rollover rate than other types of vehicles. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. As a reminder,
make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.
1Important Handling Information
For information on how to reduce the risk of rollover,
read:
2Precautions While Driving P. 366
2Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 358
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 30 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
31
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features
Continued
Your Vehicle's Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.
1Your Vehicle's Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.
Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Seat Belt Tensioners
Side Airbags
11
10
9
8
7
6
Door Locks
11
10
8
7
99 8
6
10
7
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 31 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features
32
Safe Driving
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
•After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors and the tailgate are
closed and locked. Locking the doors and the tailgate helps prevent an occupant
from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door or the
tailgate.
2Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 137
•Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2Adjusting the Seats P. 175
•Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 178
•Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2Fastening a Seat Belt P. 36
•Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child's age, height
and weight.
2Child Safety P. 54
■Safety Checklist
1Safety Checklist
If the door and/or the tailgate open indicator will
come on and a message appears on the multi-
information display
*
, a door and/or the tailgate is not
completely closed. Close all doors and the tailgate
tightly until the indicator goes off.
2Door and Tailgate Open Indicator P. 75
2Door Open Indicator P. 75
2Tailgate Open Indicator P. 75
**
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 32 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
33
Continued
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against other passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
-frontal impacts
-side impacts
-rear impacts
-rollovers
■Lap/shoulder seat belts
All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency
locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to
restrain your body. The rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with
child seats.
2Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 62
1About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.
The emergency locking retractor may lock if you lean
forward too quickly. Slower movements will allow
the belt to extend fully without locking.
3
WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 33 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
34
Safe Driving
■Proper use of seat belts
Follow these guidelines for proper use:
•All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the
belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
•Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
•Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
•Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If
the ignition switch is turned to ON (w
*1
before the driver’s seat belt is fastened, the
beeper will sound and the indicator will blink.
If the driver does not fasten the belt before
the beeper stops, the indicator will remain on.
The beeper will also periodically sound and
the indicator will blink while driving until the
driver's and front passenger’s seat belts are
fastened.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
■Seat Belt Reminder
1About Your Seat Belts
If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.
1Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after
the ignition switch is turned to ON (w
*1
.
When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound.
The indicator also may not come on and the beeper
may not sound when the occupant is not heavy
enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants
(e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved
to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will
injure or kill them.
2Protecting Child Passengers P. 54
*
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 34 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
35
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to-
severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to
inflate the front airbags.
■Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 35 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
36
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2Adjusting the Seats P. 175
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
uMake sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.
Pull out slowly.
Correct
Seated
Posture.
Latch
Plate
Buckle
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 36 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
37
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter
occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
holding the release buttons.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests
across the center of your chest and over
your shoulder.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then
guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of
the way and will not get caught by closing the door.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.
Lap belt
as low as
possible
■Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
anchor position is secure.
Push
Push
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 37 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
38
Safe Driving
1. Pull out the seat belt’s small latch plate and
the latch plate from each holding slot in the
ceiling.
2. Line up the triangle marks on the small
latch plate and anchor buckle. Make sure
the seat belt is not twisted. Attach the belt
to the anchor buckle.
3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle.
Properly fasten the seat belt the same way
you fasten the lap/shoulder seat belt.
■Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
To unlatch the detachable anchor, insert the latch
plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle.
3
WARNING
Using the seat belt with the detachable
anchor unlatched increases the chance of
serious injury or death in a crash.
Before using the seat belt, make sure the
detachable anchor is correctly latched.
Small Latch Plate
Latch Plate
Small Latch Plate
Latch Plate
Small Latch Plate
Anchor Buckle
Latch
Plate
Buckle
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 38 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
39
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.
■Advice for Pregnant Women
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
•When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
•When sitting in the front passenger's seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.
Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 39 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
40
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Safe Driving
Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
•Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
•Check that the latches work smoothly and the belts retract easily.
uIf a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.
1Seat Belt Inspection
3
WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 40 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
41
Continued
Airbags
Airbag System Components
6
789
10
11
12
8
8
88
8
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 41 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
42
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
The front, front side, and side curtain
airbags are deployed according to the
direction and severity of impact. Both side
curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover.
The airbag system includes:
a
Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
front airbags. The driver's airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger's airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS
AIRBAG.
b
Two side airbags, one for the driver and
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seat-
backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
c
Two side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.
d
An electronic control unit that continually
monitors and can record information
about the sensors, the airbag activators,
the seat belt tensioners, and driver and
front passenger seat belt use when the
ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
e
Automatic front seat belt tensioners. The
driver's and front passenger's seat belts
incorporate sensors that detect whether
or not they are fastened.
f
A driver's seat position sensor. If the seat
is too far forward, the airbag will inflate
with less force.
g
Weight sensors in the front passenger's
seat. The front passenger's airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is 65
lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant
or small child).
h
Impact sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
i
An indicator on the dashboard that alerts
you that the front passenger's front
airbag has been turned off.
j
An indicator on the instrument panel that
alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
k
Safing Sensor
l
A rollover sensor that detects whether
the vehicle is about to roll over.
*1: Models with the smart entry system
have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 42 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
43
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the
covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags
or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.
■Important Facts About Your Airbags
1Important Facts About Your Airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 43 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
44
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Safe Driving
Types of Airbags
Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags:
•Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver's and front passenger's seats.
•Side airbags: Airbags in the driver's and front passenger's seat-backs.
•Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant's primary
restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
■Housing Locations
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the ignition switch
is in ON (w
*1
.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags
(SRS)
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiple-
threshold front airbags (SRS).
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether the seat belts are latched, and/or
other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 44 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
45
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won't interfere with the driver's visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
■Operation
■How the Front Airbags Work
1How the Front Airbags Work
Although the driver's and front passenger's airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 45 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
46
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
■When front airbags should not deploy
Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move toward the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move toward the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: Seat belts and, in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side airbags
and side curtain airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags
could provide little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a
rollover.
■When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 46 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
47
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag
related injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver's advanced front airbag system
includes a seat position sensor.
If the seat is too far forward, the airbag
inflates with less force, regardless of the
severity of the impact.
The passenger's advanced front airbag system
has weight sensors.
Although we recommend against carrying an
infant or small child in front, if the sensors
detect the weight of a child (up to about 65
lbs or 29 kg), the system will automatically
turn off the passenger's front airbag.
■Advanced Airbags
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the driver's seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag
will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the
driver's seating position.
For both advanced front airbags to work properly:
•Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
•Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
•Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
•All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
•Do not place any cover over the passenger side
dashboard.
Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor
Passenger’s
Seat
Weight
Sensors
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 47 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
48
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver's and passenger's seat-
backs.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
When the sensors detect a moderate-to-
severe side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.
■Housing Locations
1Side Airbags
Do not let the front passenger lean sideways with
their head in the deployment path of the side airbag.
An inflating side airbag can strike with strong force
and seriously injure the passenger.
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
If the impact is on the passenger's side, the airbag
may not deploy when there is no passenger in the
front passenger seat.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.
Housing
Location
■Operation
When
inflated
Side
Airbag
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 48 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
49
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
■When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle's framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.
■When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the
far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle's crushable body parts absorbed
most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been
needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 49 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
50
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Curtain Airbags
The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in outer
seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags
equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and
complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly
rollover crashes.
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.
■Housing Locations
1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt
tensioners.
If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the
passenger’s side curtain airbag will inflate even if
there are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
■Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 50 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
51
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
■When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision
One or both side curtain airbags may inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal
collision.
In this case, the side curtain airbags will deploy slightly after the front airbags.
Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on.
■When the ignition switch is turned to
ON (w
*1
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the
system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don't, your airbags and seat
belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
■Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
3
WARNING
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.
*
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 51 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
52
Safe Driving
■When the passenger airbag off
indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger's front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the weight sensors detect
65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant
or small child, on the seat.
Infants and small children should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
2Child Safety P. 54
Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.
If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger's front airbag will not deploy and
the indicator will not come on.
■Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and
no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult
riding there, something may be interfering with the
weight sensors, such as:
•An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back
pocket.
•A child seat or other object pressing against the
rear of the seat-back.
•A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of
the front passenger's seat.
•The front seat or seat-back is forced back against
an object on the seat or floor behind it.
•An object placed under the front passenger's seat.
If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and
goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is
near the airbag cutoff threshold.
U.S. Canada
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 52 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
53
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care
Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:
■When the airbags have deployed
If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.
■When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
■Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable the driver's seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the
passenger's seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate
a person with disabilities, contact a Honda dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, American
Honda Automobile Customer Service at 800-999-1009 and for Canadian vehicles,
Honda Canada Customer Relations at 888-9-HONDA-9.
1Airbag Care
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 53 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
54
Safe Driving
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle accidents are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
•An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
•A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver's ability to safely
control the vehicle.
•Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.
1Protecting Child Passengers
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that all children
ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear
seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws
restricting where children may ride.
3
WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 54 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
55
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers
•Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the lap belt
portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
•Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.
•Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
•Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
•Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
•Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger's front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle warning came
with a label on the dashboard (U.S. models) and has
labels on the front visors. Please read and follow the
instructions on these labels.
2Safety Labels P. 68
3
WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 55 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
56
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Infants and Small Children
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the
infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the
infant is at least one year old.
■Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger's advanced front airbag
system.
2Airbags P. 41
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger's seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
■Protecting Infants
1Protecting Infants
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a
forward facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.
3
WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 56 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
57
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child
seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured
forward-facing child seat.
■Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forward-
facing child seat in a rear seating position.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger's front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.
■Protecting Smaller Children
1Protecting Smaller Children
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions.
Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and
weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
3
WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 57 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
58
Safe Driving
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).
Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer's use and care instructions as well as the instructions in this manual.
Proper installation is key to maximizing your child's safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.
■Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
•The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
•The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
•The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
■Selecting a Child Seat
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 58 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
59
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Continued
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in rear seats. A child seat is attached
to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.
2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
uWhen installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.
■Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Marks
Rigid Type
Lower Anchors
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 59 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
60
Safe Driving
3. Put the head restraint to its upper-most
position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook onto the anchor.
4. Go to step 7.
3. Lower the head restraint to its lowest
position.
4. Open the anchor cover.
Flexible Type
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child
seat that is not properly secured will not adequately
protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the
child or other vehicle occupants.
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
Outer position
Outer position
Cover
Center Lower Anchor
Center position
Center position
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 60 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
61
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Continued
5. Route the tether strap over the head
restraint. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
6. Secure the tether strap hook onto the
anchor.
7. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
8. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
9. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
Tether Strap
Hook
Anchor
Center position
All models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 61 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
62
Safe Driving
1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturer’s
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
uInsert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt completely wind up into
the retractor, then try to pull it out to make
sure the retractor is locked.
uIf you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Pull the seat belt all the way
out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
uWhen doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.
■Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 62 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
63
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
Two tether anchorage points are provided
behind the rear outer seating positions and
one in the ceiling for the rear center. A child
seat that is installed with a seat belt and
comes with a tether can use the tether for
additional security.
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
■Adding Security with a Tether
Tether Anchorage Points
Anchor Fitting
1Adding Security with a Tether
Since a tether can provide additional security to the
lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend
using a tether whenever one is available.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 63 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
64
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
■Using an outer anchor
1. Put the head restraint to its upper-most
position, then route the tether strap
through the head restraint legs.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Secure the tether strap hook onto the
anchor.
3. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
■Using the center anchor
1. Lower the head restraint to its lowest
position.
2. Open the anchor cover.
3. Route the tether strap over the head
restraint.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
4. Secure the tether strap hook onto the
anchor.
5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
Tether Strap
Hook
Anchor
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 64 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
65
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Continued
Safety of Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■Checklist
•Do the child's knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
•Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child's neck and arm?
•Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child's thighs?
•Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
■Protecting Larger Children
■Checking Seat Belt Fit
1Safety of Larger Children
3
WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger's front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 65 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
66
Safe Driving
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
a rear seating position. For the child's safety,
check that the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer's recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
•Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
•Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
•Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
•Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
■Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.
■Booster Seats
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.
■Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 66 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
67
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
■Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
•The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
•The exhaust system may have been damaged.
•The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the tailgate open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the tailgate
open, open all the windows and set the heating and cooling system
*
/climate control
system
*
as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the heating and cooling system
*
/climate control system
*
in the same manner
if you sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running.
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
garage immediately after starting the engine.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 67 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
68
Safe Driving
Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.
Sun Visor
U.S. models Canadian models
Radiator Cap
U.S. models only
Dashboard
U.S. models only
Sun Visor
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 68 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
69
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
Indicators ............................................ 70
Gauges and Displays
Gauges.............................................. 92
Information Display
*
.......................... 93
Multi-Information Display
*
................. 96
intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-
MID) .............................................. 111
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 69 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
70
Instrument Panel
Indicators
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Parking Brake
and Brake System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off if the parking
brake has been released.
●
Comes on when the parking brake is
applied, and goes off when it is
released.
●
Comes on when the brake fluid level
is low.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the brake system.
●
The beeper sounds and the indicator
comes on if you drive with the
parking brake not fully released.
●
Comes on while driving - Make sure the
parking brake is released. Check the brake
fluid level.
2What to do when the indicator comes
on while driving P. 501
●
Comes on along with the ABS indicator
- Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On P. 501
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
●
Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w
*1
, and goes off
when the engine starts.
●
Comes on when the engine oil
pressure is low.
●
Comes on while driving - Immediately
stop in a safe place.
2If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes
On P. 499
U.S.
Canada
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 70 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
71
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
●
Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w
*1
, and goes off
when the engine starts, or after
several seconds if the engine did not
start. If “readiness codes” have not
been set, it blinks five times before it
goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the emissions control systems.
●
Blinks when a misfire in the engine's
cylinders is detected.
●
Readiness codes are part of the on board
diagnostics for the emissions control
systems.
2Testing of Readiness Codes P. 515
●
Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place
where there are no flammable objects. Stop
the engine for 10 minutes or more, and wait
for it to cool down. Then, take your vehicle
to a dealer.
2If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks P. 500
Charging System
Indicator
●
Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w
*1
, and goes off
when the engine starts.
●
Comes on when the battery is not
charging.
●
Comes on while driving - Turn off the
heating and cooling system
*
/climate control
system
*
and rear defogger to reduce
electricity consumption.
2If the Charging System Indicator Comes
On P. 499
Shift Lever
Position Indicator
●
Indicates the current shift lever
position.
2Shifting P. 368 —
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 71 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
72
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Transmission
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Blinks if the transmission system has
a problem.
●
Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden starts
and acceleration and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator
●
Comes on and the beeper sounds if
you are not wearing a seat belt when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
.
●
If the front passenger is not wearing
a seat belt, the indicator comes on a
few seconds later.
●
Blinks while driving if either you or
the front passenger has not fastened
a seat belt. The beeper sounds and
the indicator blinks at regular
intervals.
●
The beeper stops and the indicator goes off
when you and the front passenger fasten
their seat belts.
●
Stays on after you or the front
passenger has fastened the seat belt - A
detection error may have occurred in the
sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
2Seat Belt Reminder P. 34
Low Fuel
Indicator
●
Comes on when the fuel reserve is
running low (approximately 2.3 U.S.
gal./8.6 Liter left).
●
Blinks if there is a problem with the
fuel gauge.
●
Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as
possible.
●
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 72 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
73
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
If it comes on at any other time, there
is a problem with the ABS.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. With this indicator on,
your vehicle still has normal braking ability
but no anti-lock function.
2Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 407
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on if a problem with any of
the following is detected:
-Supplemental restraint system
-Side airbag system
-Side curtain airbag system
-Seat belt tensioner
●
Stays on constantly or does not come on
at all - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) System
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the AWD.
●
Blinks when the AWD system is
overheated. The system is inactive.
●
Stays on constantly - the engine drives the
front wheels only in this state. Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Blinks while driving - the engine drives the
front wheels only in this state. Stop in a safe
place, shift to (P, and idle the engine until the
indicator goes off. If the indicator does not
stop blinking, take your vehicle to a dealer.
2Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control
System
TM
*
P. 400
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 73 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
74
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA®)
System Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Blinks when VSA® is active.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the VSA® system.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the hill start assist system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
System P. 396
VSA® OFF
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on when you deactivate
VSA®.
2VSA® On and Off P. 397 —
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 74 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
75
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Door and Tailgate
Open Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
●
Comes on if any door or the tailgate
is not completely closed.
●
The beeper sounds and the indicator
comes on if any door or the tailgate is
opened while driving.
●
Goes off when all doors and the tailgate are
closed.
Door Open
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on if any door is not
completely closed.
●
The beeper sounds and the indicator
comes on if any door is opened while
driving.
●
Goes off when all doors are closed.
—
Tailgate Open
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on if the tailgate is not
completely closed.
●
Goes off when the tailgate is closed.
—
Models with
multi-information
display
Models without
multi-information
display
Models without
multi-information
display
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 75 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
76
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System Indicator
●
Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w
*1
, and goes off
when the engine starts.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the EPS system.
●
Stays on constantly or does not come on
at all - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
2If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator Comes On P. 501
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
.
●
May come on for a few seconds
again if the engine is not started for
several tens of seconds with the
ignition switch in ON (w
*1
.
●
Comes on when:
-One or more tires’ pressures are
determined to be significantly low.
-The system has not been calibrated.
●
Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe
place, check tire pressures, and inflate the
tire(s) if necessary.
●
Stays on after the tires are inflated to
the recommended pressures - The system
needs to be calibrated.
2TPMS Calibration P. 401
●
Blinks for about one minute, and
then stays on if there is a problem
with the TPMS, or when a compact
spare tire is temporarily installed.
●
Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted
with a compact spare, get your regular tire
repaired or replaced and put back on your
vehicle as soon as you can.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 76 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
77
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Turn Signal
Indicators
●
Blinks when you operate the turn
signal lever.
●
Blinks along with all turn signals if
you press the hazard warning
button.
●
Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A turn
signal light bulb has blown. Change the bulb
immediately.
2Replacing Light Bulbs P. 457
—
High Beam
Indicator
●
Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on. ——
Lights On
Indicator
●
Comes on whenever the light switch
is on, or in AUTO
*
when the exterior
lights are on.
●
If you remove the key from the ignition
switch
*1
while the lights are on, a chime
sounds when the driver's door is opened.
—
Fog Light
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the fog lights are
on. ——
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 77 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
78
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Immobilizer
System Indicator
●
Comes on briefly when you turn the
ignition switch to ON (w
*1
, then goes
off.
●
Comes on if the immobilizer system
cannot recognize the key
information.
●
Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Turn
the ignition switch to LOCK (0
*1
, pull the
key out, and then insert the key and turn it
to ON (w
*1
again.
●
Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
●
Do not attempt to alter this system or add
other devices to it. Electrical problems can
occur.
—
Security System
Alarm Indicator
*
●
Blinks when the security system
alarm has been set. 2Security System Alarm
*
P. 147 —
ECON Mode
Indicator
●
Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on when ECON mode is on. 2ECON Button P. 370
Indicator
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 78 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
79
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
CRUISE MAIN
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when you press the
CRUISE button. 2Cruise Control* P. 371 —
CRUISE
CONTROL
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when you have set a
speed for cruise control. 2Cruise Control* P. 371 —
Washer Level
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the washer fluid
gets low.
●
Refill washer fluid.
2Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 451 —
Maintenance
Minder Indicator
*
●
Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on when the scheduled
maintenance is due soon.
2Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 429 —
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 79 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
80
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Smart Entry
System Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON.
●
Comes on as soon as a problem is
detected in the smart entry system or
push button starting system.
●
Stays on constantly or does not come on
at all - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
Starter System
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on if the starter system has a
problem.
●
As a temporary measure, press and hold the
ENGINE START/STOP button for up to 15
seconds while pressing the brake pedal and
manually start the engine. Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.
—
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 80 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
81
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
System Message
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on along with a beep when a
problem is detected. A system
message on the multi-information
display appears at the same time.
●
While the indicator is on, press the
(information) button to see the message
again.
●
Refer to the Indicators information in this
chapter when a system message appears on
the multi-information display. Take the
appropriate action for the message.
●
The multi-information display does not
return to the normal screen unless the
warning is cancelled, or the button
is pressed.
—
Brake System
Indicator (Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with a
system related to braking other than
the conventional brake system.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
With this indicator on, your vehicle still has
normal braking ability.
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 81 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
82
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
ACC.
●
Comes on - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the LKAS.
●
Comes on - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
●
Comes on when the LKAS button is
pressed or the LKAS automatically
canceled. The beeper sounds
simultaneously.
●
If any other system indicators come on, such
as the VSA®, ABS and brake system, take
appropriate action.
2Indicators P. 70
—
Models with ACC
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 82 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
83
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Collision
Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
●
Comes on when you deactivate the
CMBS
TM
. A multi-information display
message appears for five seconds.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the CMBS
TM
.
●
Stays on constantly without the CMBS
TM
off - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 409
Models with CMBS
TM
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 83 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
84
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Collision
Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the CMBS
TM
system
shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle
in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft
cloth.
2Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 374
●
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt
using a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
message does not disappear even after you
clean the sensor cover.
2Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 409
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high. Use the climate control
system to cool down the camera. The system
activates when the temperature inside the
camera cools down.
2Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 374
Models with CMBS
TM
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 84 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
85
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you change the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the LDW system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Comes on when the LDW system
shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high.
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
The system activates when the temperature
inside the camera cools down.
2Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 374
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle
in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft
cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
2Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 374
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 85 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
86
uuIndicatorsuDisplay Warning and Information Messages
*
Instrument Panel
Display Warning and Information Messages
*
The following messages appear on the multi-information display
*
or intelligent multi-information display (i-MID). Press the
(information) button to see the message again with the system message indicator on.
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets
abnormally high.
2Overheating P. 497
●
Appears when the washer fluid is low.
●
Refill washer fluid.
2Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 451
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the differential temperature is too high. Stop in a safe place, shift to (P, and idle the engine until
the message goes off. If it does not goes off, take your
vehicle to a dealer.
2Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control System
TM
*
P. 400
Canadian
models
Models with AWD system
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 86 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
87
uuIndicatorsuDisplay Warning and Information Messages
*
Continued
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you close the door with the power mode
in ON without the keyless remote inside the vehicle.
●
Disappears when you bring the keyless remote back
inside the vehicle, and close the door.
2Smart Entry Remote Reminder P. 156
●
Appears when the smart entry remote battery becomes
weak.
●
Replace the battery as soon as possible.
2Smart Entry Remote
*
P. 476
●
Appears when the starting system has a problem.
●
As a temporary measure, press and hold the ENGINE
START/STOP button for 15 seconds while depressing
the brake pedal and manually start the engine. Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer.
2Starting the Engine P. 362
Models with smart entry system
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 87 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
88
uuIndicatorsuDisplay Warning and Information Messages
*
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when there is a problem with the power tailgate
system.
●
Manually open or close the power tailgate.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if anything covers the radar sensor cover and
prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in front.
●
May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow,
fog, etc.)
●
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a
safe place, and wipe off dirt using soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message
does not disappear even after you clean the sensor
cover.
2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 375
Models with power tailgate system
U.S.
Canada
Models with ACC
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 88 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
89
uuIndicatorsuDisplay Warning and Information Messages
*
Continued
Message Condition Explanation
●
Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle.
●
Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.
●
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
line. The beeper sounds simultaneously.
●
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
●
Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS
button is pressed, but the temperature inside the front
sensor camera is too high. The LKAS cancels
automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.
●
Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.
●
Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing
the LKAS button can resume the system.
2Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 374
●
Appears when the LKAS button is pressed or the LKAS
automatically canceled. The beeper sounds
simultaneously.
●
If any other system indicators come on, such as the
VSA®, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.
2Indicators P. 82
Models with LKAS
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 89 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
90
uuIndicatorsuDisplay Warning and Information Messages
*
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears after you unlock and open the driver’s door.
2Starting the Engine P. 362
●
Appears three seconds after the TO START ENGINE:
BRAKE + PUSH messages appears.
●
Appears three seconds after you bring the smart entry
remote in front of the ENGINE START/STOP button
when TO START, HOLD REMOTE NEAR START
BUTTON appears. TO START ENGINE: BRAKE + PUSH
appears sequentially.
2Changing the Power Mode P. 154
Models with smart entry system
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 90 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
91
uuIndicatorsuDisplay Warning and Information Messages
*
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the steering wheel is locked.
●
Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button.
●
Appears if you press the ENGINE START/STOP button
to turn the engine off without the shift lever in (P.
●
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice after
moving the shift lever to (P.
●
Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
—
●
Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice with your
foot off the brake pedal to change the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF.
●
Appears if the smart entry remote’s battery is too weak
to start the engine or the key is not with you when
starting the engine. A beeper sounds six times. 2If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 492
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 91 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
92
Instrument Panel
Gauges and Displays
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators.
They are displayed when the ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
Displays your driving speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada).
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
■Speedometer
■Tachometer
■Fuel Gauge
■Temperature Gauge
1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE
You should refuel when the reading approaches .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.
E
1Temperature Gauge
NOTICE
Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the
upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull
safely to the side of the road and allow engine
temperature to return to normal.
2Overheating P. 497
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 92 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
93
uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display
*
Continued
Information Display
*
The information display shows the odometer, trip meter, engine oil life and
maintenance service item codes, and other gauges.
Press the (Select/Reset) knob to change the display.
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.
■Switching the Display
1Switching the Display
Each time you press the knob, the information
display changes as follows:
Some of the items on the information display also
appear on the i-MID. They also change along with the
information display changes while the fuel
consumption is shown.
Instant Fuel Economy,
Average Fuel A, Trip Meter
A, Outside Temperature
Engine Oil Life
Instant Fuel Economy,
Average Fuel B, Trip Meter
B, Outside Temperature
Instant Fuel Economy,
Odometer, Trip Meter A,
Outside Temperature
Instant Fuel Economy,
Range, Trip Meter A,
Outside Temperature
■Odometer
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 93 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display
*
94
Instrument Panel
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A
and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
■Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the knob. The trip meter is
reset to 0.0.
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100
km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the
average fuel economy is also reset.
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance Minder
TM
.
2Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 429
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.
Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not installed.
2Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 500
■Trip Meter
■Average Fuel Economy
■Engine Oil Life
■Range
■Check Fuel Cap
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the knob.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 94 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
95
uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display
*
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
■Adjusting the outside temperature display
Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.
■Outside Temperature
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper. Road
heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the
temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less
than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Use the i-MID’s customized features to correct the
temperature.
2Customized Features P. 114
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 95 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
96
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Instrument Panel
Multi-Information Display
*
The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature
indicator, and other gauges.
It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information.
Press the (information) button or the SEL/RESET button to change the display.
■Main displays
■Switching the Display
Instant Fuel Economy Average Fuel Economy A
Customizable Setting Entry Average Speed A Elapsed Time A
Range
SEL/RESET Button
Button
Blank
Engine Oil Life
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 96 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
97
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
■Lower displays
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A
and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
■Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the SEL/RESET button. The trip
meter is reset to 0.0.
■Odometer
■Trip Meter
SEL/RESET
Button
SEL/RESET
Button
SEL/RESET
Button
Trip BTrip A
Outside Temperature
Odometer
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the SEL/RESET button.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 97 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
98
Instrument Panel
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
■Adjusting the outside temperature display
Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100
km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the
average fuel economy is also reset.
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance Minder
TM
.
2Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 429
■Outside Temperature
■Instant Fuel Economy Gauge
■Average Fuel Economy
■Engine Oil Life
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Use the multi-information display’s customized
features to correct the temperature.
2Customized Features P. 100
1Average Fuel Economy
You can change when to reset the average fuel
economy.
2Customized Features P. 100
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 98 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
99
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your trips in the past.
Shows the time elapsed since the last time Trip A or Trip B was reset.
Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since the last time Trip A
or Trip B was reset.
■Range
■Elapsed Time
■Average Speed
1Elapsed Time
You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2Customized Features P. 100
1Average Speed
You can change when to reset the average speed.
2Customized Features P. 100
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 99 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
100
Instrument Panel
Use the multi-information display to customize certain features.
■How to customize
Select the VEHICLE SETTINGS screen by pressing the button while the
ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
. The screen switches to CHANGE SETTINGS.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
■Customized Features
1Customized Features
To select customizing items, press the SEL/RESET
button on the CHANGE SETTINGS screen, then
press the button.
2List of customizable options P. 104
2Example of customization settings P. 109
When you customize settings, shift to (P.
Multi-Information Display:
Goes to customize settings.
Button:
Changes the customize menus and items.
SEL/RESET Button:
Enters the selected item.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 100 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
101
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Continued
■Customization flow
Press the button.
“TRIP B” RESET TIMING
FUEL EFFICIENCY BACKLIGHT
“TRIP A” RESET TIMING
FORWARD COLLISION WARNING DISTANCE
SEL/RESET
VEHICLE SETTINGS
CHANGE SETTINGS
ADJUST OUTSIDE TEMP. DISPLAY
LANGUAGE SELECTION
SEL/RESET
DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM
SETUP
*
METER SETUP SEL/RESET
LANE KEEPING ASSIST SUSPEND BEEP
TPMS CALIBRATION
ACC DISPLAY SPEED UNIT
ACC FORWARD VEHICLE DETECT BEEP
SEL/RESET
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 101 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
102
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Instrument Panel
KEYLESS LOCK ACKNOWLEDGMENT
SECURITY RELOCK TIMER
KEY AND REMOTE UNLOCK MODE
INTERIOR LIGHT DIMMING TIME
AUTO DOOR UNLOCK
AUTO DOOR LOCK
SEL/RESET
DOOR SETUP SEL/RESET
AUTO LIGHT SENSITIVITY
HEADLIGHT AUTO OFF TIMER
SEL/RESET DRIVING POSITION SETUP SEL/RESET MEMORY POSITION LINK
LIGHTING SETUP
DOOR UNLOCK MODE
SEL/RESET
KEYLESS ACCESS BEEP
KEYLESS ACCESS SETUP
*
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 102 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
103
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Continued
SEL/RESET
EXIT
KEYLESS OPEN MODE
SEL/RESET
POWER OPEN BY OUTER HANDLE
POWER TAILGATE SETUP
MAINTENANCE RESET
DEFAULT ALL
EXIT
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 103 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
104
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Instrument Panel
■List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
TPMS
CALIBRATION
—Calibrates the TPMS. CANCEL/CALIBRATE
CHANGE
SETTINGS
DRIVER ASSIST
SYSTEM
SETUP
*
FORWARD
COLLISION WARNING
DISTANCE
Changes the distance to activate the collision
alert when a vehicle ahead of you gets too
close.
LONG/NORMAL
*1
/
SHORT
ACC FORWARD
VEHICLE DETECT
BEEP
*
Causes the system to beep when the system
detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes
out of the ACC range.
ON/OFF
*1
ACC DISPLAY SPEED
UNIT
*
Changes the displayed measurement of the
set vehicle speed on the multi-information
display.
mph
*1
/km/h (U.S.)
mph/km/h
*1
(Canada)
LANE KEEPING
ASSIST SUSPEND
BEEP
*
Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is
suspended. ON/OFF
*1
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 104 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
105
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Continued
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
CHANGE
SETTINGS METER SETUP
LANGUAGE
SELECTION Changes the displayed language. ENGLISH
*1
/
FRANCAIS/ESPANOL
ADJUST OUTSIDE
TEMP. DISPLAY
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few
degrees.
−5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ +5°F
(U.S.)
−3°C ~ ±0°C
*1
~ +3°C
(Canada)
“TRIP A” RESET
TIMING
Changes the setting of how to reset trip
meter A, average fuel economy A, average
speed A, and elapsed time A.
WHEN REFUELED/
IGN OFF/MANUALLY
RESET
*1
“TRIP B” RESET
TIMING
Changes the setting of how to reset trip
meter B, average fuel economy B, average
speed B, and elapsed time B.
WHEN REFUELED/
IGN OFF/MANUALLY
RESET
*1
FUEL EFFICIENCY
BACKLIGHT Turns the ambient meter feature on and off. ON
*1
/OFF
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 105 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
106
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Instrument Panel
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
CHANGE
SETTINGS
DRIVING
POSITION
SETUP
*
MEMORY POSITION
LINK
Turns the driving position memory system on
and off. ON
*1
/OFF
KEYLESS
ACCESS SETUP
*
DOOR UNLOCK
MODE
Changes which doors unlock when you grab
the driver’s door handle and tailgate handle.
When you press the tailgate release button, if
you chose DRIVER DOOR ONLY, only
tailgate is unlatched.
If you chose ALL DOORS, tailgate is
unlatched and all doors are unlocked.
DRIVER DOOR
ONLY
*1
/ALL DOORS
KEYLESS ACCESS
BEEP
Causes the beeper to sound when you
unlock/lock the doors. ON
*1
/OFF
LIGHTING
SETUP
INTERIOR LIGHT
DIMMING TIME
Changes the length of time the interior lights
stay on after you close the doors. 60 sec/30 sec
*1
/15 sec
HEADLIGHT AUTO
OFF TIMER
Changes the length of time the exterior lights
stay on after you close the driver’s door.
60 sec/30 sec/15
sec
*1
/0 sec
AUTO LIGHT
SENSITIVITY
*
Changes the timing for the headlights to
come on.
MAX/HIGH/MID
*1
/
LOW/MIN
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 106 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
107
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Continued
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
CHANGE
SETTINGS DOOR SETUP
AUTO DOOR LOCK Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.
OFF/WITH VEH SPD
*1
/
SHIFT FROM P
AUTO DOOR
UNLOCK
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically unlock.
WHEN DRIVER’S
DOOR OPENS
*1
/WHEN
SHIFTING INTO PARK/
WHEN IGNITION
SWITCHED OFF/OFF
KEY AND REMOTE
UNLOCK MODE
Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to
unlock on the first operation of the remote or
ignition key.
DRIVER DOOR
*1
/ALL
DOORS
KEYLESS LOCK
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Turns on or off the keyless lock
acknowledgment of:
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
ON
*1
/OFF
SECURITY RELOCK
TIMER
Changes the time it takes for the doors to
relock and the security system to set after you
unlock the vehicle without opening any door.
90 sec/60 sec/30 sec
*1
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 107 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
108
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Instrument Panel
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
CHANGE
SETTINGS
POWER
TAILGATE
SETUP
*
KEYLESS OPEN
MODE
Changes the keyless setting for when the
power tailgate opens.
ANYTIME
*1
/WHEN
UNLOCKED
POWER OPEN BY
OUTER HANDLE
Changes the setting to open power tailgate
by tailgate outer handle.
OFF (MANUAL
ONLY)/ON (POWER/
MANUAL)
*1
MAINTENANCE
RESET —
Resets/Cancels the engine oil life display
when you have performed the maintenance
service.
CANCEL/RESET
DEFAULT
ALL
Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as
default. SET/CANCEL
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 108 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
109
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Continued
■Example of customization settings
The steps for changing the “TRIP A” RESET TIMING setting to WHEN REFUELD are
shown below. The default setting for “TRIP A” RESET TIMING is MANUALLY
RESET.
1. Press the button until VEHICLE
SETTINGS appears on the display, then
press the SEL/RESET button.
2. Press the button until CHANGE
SETTINGS appears on the display, then
press the SEL/RESET button.
3. Press the button until METER
SETUP appears on the display, then press
the SEL/RESET button.
uLANGUAGE SELECTION appears first in
the display.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 109 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
110
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Instrument Panel
4. Press the button until “TRIP A”
RESET TIMING appears on the display,
then press the SEL/RESET button.
uThe display switches to the
customization setup screen, where you
can select WHEN REFUELED,
MANUALLY RESET, IGN OFF, or EXIT.
5. Press the button and select WHEN
REFUELED, then press the SEL/RESET
button.
uThe WHEN REFUELED setup screen
appears, then the display returns to the
customization menu screen.
6. Press the button until EXIT appears
in the display, then press the SEL/RESET
button.
7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the
normal screen.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 110 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
111
uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
Continued
intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
Shows useful information, such as audio status. It also displays the compass
direction and clock.
Press the (display) button to change the display.
■Switching the Display

Display
Button
Fuel consumption
Audio/HFL display
Black screen
Full size analog clock/
Wallpaper
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 111 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
112
Instrument Panel
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100
km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the
average fuel economy is also reset.
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.
Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset.
Shows the average speed in mph or km/h since Trip A or Trip B was reset.
■Average Fuel Economy
■Range
■Elapsed Time
■Average Speed
1Average Fuel Economy
You can choose an item to be displayed in the fuel
consumption screen. Range, elapsed time, or average
speed can be selected.
2Customized Features P. 114
You can change when to reset the average fuel
economy.
2Customized Features P. 114
1Elapsed Time
You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2Customized Features P. 114
1Average Speed
You can change when to reset the average speed.
2Customized Features P. 114
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 112 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
113
uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance Minder
TM
.
2Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 429
Shows the vehicle's traveling direction.
2Compass P. 342
Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the
navigation system.
2See the Navigation System Manual
■Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
■Compass Direction
■Turn-by-Turn Directions
*
1Turn-by-Turn Directions
*
You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on or not during the route guidance.
2Customized Features P. 114
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 113 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
114
Instrument Panel
Use the i-MID to customize certain features.
■How to customize
Select the Vehicle Menu screen by pressing the MENU button while the ignition
switch is in ON (w
*1
, and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Select Customize
Settings, then press the SOURCE button.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
■Customized Features
1Customized Features
To customize other features, press the (+ / (-
button.
2List of customizable options P. 118
2Example of customizing wallpapers
*
P. 123
When you customize settings, shift to (P.
Button
Press to go to the next
display.
SOURCE Button
Press to set your selection.
MENU Button
Press to go to Vehicle Menu.
(+ Button
Press to scroll upwards.
Button
Press to go back to the
previous display.
(- Button
Press to scroll downwards.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 114 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
115
uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
Continued
■Customization flow
Press the MENU button.
1Customized Features
You can exit the customizing screen at any time by
pressing the MENU button.
Vehicle Menu
Vehicle Information
Adjust Clock
*
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 115 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
116
uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
Instrument Panel
Customize Settings
Display Setup
Select Wallpaper
*
Language Selection
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Fuel Efficiency Backlight
Import Wallpaper
*
Delete Wallpaper
*
Trip Meter Item to Display
Welcome Screen
Color Theme
Turn by Turn Display
*
Trip A reset trigger
Trip B reset trigger
TPMS Calibration
Trip Computer Setup
Keyless Start Guidance Screens
*
Language Selection
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 116 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
117
uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
Continued
Lighting Setup
Door Setup
Default All
Interior Light Dimming Time
Auto Light Sensitivity
*
Auto Door Lock
Security Relock Timer
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Door Lock Mode
Auto Unlock All Doors
Keyless Lock Acknowledgment
Keyless Access Setup
*
Keyless Access Beep
Door Unlock Mode
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 117 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
118
uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
Instrument Panel
■List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
Vehicle
Information Maintenance info Reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
.No/Yes
Adjust
Clock
*
Selects the 12 hour or 24 hour clock display, and
adjusts the time. 12h
*1
/24h
Customize
Settings
TPMS Calibration Calibrates the TPMS. Cancel/Initialize
Display
Setup
Select
Wallpaper
*
Selects the full-size analogue clock or the wallpaper. Clock
*1
/Image 1/Image 2/
Image 3
Import
Wallpaper
*
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
Three images can be stored.
2Importing wallpapers
from USB P. 123
Delete
Wallpaper
*
Deletes an image file for a wallpaper. Image 1/Image 2/Image 3
Trip Meter
Item to
Display
Selects an item to be displayed along with average
fuel economy.
Range
*1
/Elapsed time/
Average speed
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 118 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
119
uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
Continued
*1:Default Setting
*2:See the Navigation System Manual
*3:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
Customize
Settings
Display
Setup
Welcome
Screen
Selects whether the welcome screen comes on or not
when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*3
.On
*1
/Off
Color Theme Changes the color of the screen. Blue
*1
/Red/Amber/Gray
Keyless Start
Guidance
Screens
*
Displays the push button start guidance when
conditions are met to change power mode. On/Off
*1
Turn by Turn
Display
*, *2
Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on or
not during the route guidance. On
*1
/Off
Language
Selection Changes the displayed language. English
*1
/Francais/Español
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 119 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
120
uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
Instrument Panel
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
Customize
Settings
Trip
Computer
Setup
Adjust
Outside
Temp.
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.
−5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ +5°F (U.S.)
−3°C ~ ±0°C
*1
~ +3°C
(Canada)
Trip A reset
trigger
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed
time A.
With refuel/Manual
only
*1
/IGN Off
Trip B reset
trigger
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed
time B.
With refuel/Manual
only
*1
/IGN Off
Fuel
Efficiency
Backlight
Turns the ambient meter feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
Language Selection Changes the displayed language. English
*1
/Francais/Espanol
Driving
Position
Setup
*
Memory
Position Link Turns the driving position memory system on and off. On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 120 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
121
uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
Continued
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
Customize
Settings
Keyless
Access
Setup
*
Keyless
Access Beep
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock the
doors. On
*1
/Off
Door Unlock
Mode
Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle and tailgate handle.
When you press the tailgate release button, if you
chose Driver Door Only, only tailgate is unlatched.
If you chose All Doors, tailgate is unlatched and all
doors are unlocked.
Driver Door Only
*1
/All
Doors
Lighting
Setup
Interior Light
Dimming
Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on
after you close the doors. 60sec/30sec
*1
/15sec
Headlight
Auto Off
Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on
after you close the driver’s door. 60sec/30sec/15sec
*1
/0sec
Auto Light
Sensitivity
*
Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid
*1
/Low/Min
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 121 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
122
uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
Instrument Panel
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
Customize
Settings
Door
Setup
Auto Door
Lock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.
Off/With Vehicle Speed
*1
/
Shift from P
Door Lock
Mode
Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock
on the first operation of the remote or ignition key. Driver Door
*1
/All Doors
Auto unlock
All doors
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically unlock.
Off/When Driver’s Door
Opens
*1
/When Shift To Park/
When Ignition Off
Keyless Lock
Acknowledgment
Turns on or off the keyless lock acknowledgment of:
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On
*1
/Off
Security
Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and
the security system
*
to set after you unlock the
vehicle without opening any door.
90sec/60sec/30sec
*1
Default
All
Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as
default.
Cancel
Reset All Defaults
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 122 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
123
uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
■Example of customizing wallpapers
*
You can customize the display from clock to wallpaper.
Importing wallpapers from USB
You can import up to three images, one at a time for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
Select Import Wallpaper from Customize Settings and properly connect a USB
flash drive to store an image.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the adapter cable.
2USB Adapter Cable
*
P. 207
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Select Customize Settings with the (+ / (- button, then press the SOURCE
button.
1Customized Features
•When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a
folder cannot be imported.
•The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
•Each image file can be up to 2 MB.
•The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If
the image size is less than 420 x 234 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
•The number of files that can be selected is up to
255.
•Up to 64 characters can be displayed in the file
name.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 123 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
124
uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
Instrument Panel
4. Select Display Setup with the (+ / (-
button, then press the SOURCE button.
5. Select Import Wallpaper with the (+ / (-
button, then press the SOURCE button.
uThe file names are displayed on the
screen.
6. Press the (- button until the file name you
want to store appears on the center of the
display, then press the SOURCE button.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 124 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
125
uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
Continued
7. The preview of the imported data is
displayed. Press the SOURCE button if it is
OK.
8. Press the SOURCE button to save the
image file.
9. Select the location you want to store the
image file in with the (+ / (- button,
then press the SOURCE button.
10. Press the MENU button to exit the
customizing screen.
6DYH
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 125 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
126
uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
Instrument Panel
Selecting a wallpaper
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select Customize Settings with the (+ /
(- button, then press the SOURCE button.
3. Select Display Setup with the (+ / (-
button, then press the SOURCE button.
4. Select Select Wallpaper with the (+ / (-
button, then press the SOURCE button.
5. Select the image file you want with the (+ /
(- button, then press the SOURCE button.
uWhen the scroll is stopped, the
thumbnail is displayed.
6. Press the MENU button to exit the
customizing screen.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 126 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
127
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock .................................................. 128
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................. 130
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
*
...132
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside .......................................... 133
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ...137
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 138
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 139
Opening and Closing the Tailgate... 140
Security System ................................ 147
Immobilizer System .......................... 147
Security System Alarm
*
.................... 147
Opening and Closing the Windows..... 150
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
*
.. 152
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
Ignition Switch................................. 153
ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 154
Ignition Switch and Power Mode
Comparison ................................... 157
Turn Signals..................................... 158
Light Switches.................................. 159
Fog Lights
*
...................................... 162
Daytime Running Lights ................... 163
Wipers and Washers ........................ 164
Brightness Control ........................... 167
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
........ 168
Driving Position Memory System
*
.... 170
Adjusting the Steering Wheel .......... 172
Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 173
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 173
Power Door Mirrors ......................... 174
Adjusting the Seats .......................... 175
Adjusting the Seat Positions............. 175
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
.. 185
Heating and Cooling System
*
......... 197
Using Vents, Heating and A/C.......... 197
Climate Control System
*
.................. 200
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 200
Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 203
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 127 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
128
Controls
Clock
Adjusting the Clock
The audio and navigation system receives signals from GPS satellites, updating the
clock automatically.
You can adjust the time in the clock display with the ignition switch in ON (w
*1
.
■Using the MENU button
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select Adjust Clock with the (+ / (- button, then press the SOURCE button.
3. Press the (+ / (- button to change the
setting between 12h and 24h.
4. Select hour or minute with the /
button.
5. Press the (+ / (- button to adjust the
numbers up or down.
6. Select Set with the / button, then
press the SOURCE button to enter your
selection.
uThe display will return to the Adjust
Clock display.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
Models with two displays
All models
Models with one display
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 128 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
129
uuClockuAdjusting the Clock
■Using the SETUP button
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Adjust Clock, then press .
3. Rotate to select the item you want to change (12/24 hour mode, hour,
minute). Then press .
4. Rotate to make the adjustment.
5. Press to enter your selection. The display returns to Adjust Clock. Repeat steps
4 to 6 to adjust other items.
6. To enter the selection, Rotate and select Set, then press .
7. Press the SETUP button to go back to the normal display.
■Using the audio with touch screen
1. Press the (Home) button, then select
Settings.
2. Select Clock/Info, then Clock
Adjustment.
3. Adjust the hours and minutes by selecting
/.
4. Select OK to set the time.
1Using the SETUP button
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
To set the time to the nearest hour:
Press and hold the CLOCK button until the clock
display begins to blink, then press the (6 (Reset)
button.
Depending on the displayed time, the clock sets
forward or backward.
Example:
1:06 will reset to 1:00
1:53 will reset to 2:00
Models with one display
Models with two displays
(Home) Button
3
4
1Using the audio with touch screen
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2Customized Features P. 271
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 129 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
130
Controls
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following key:
Use the key to start and stop the engine, and
to lock and unlock the doors and tailgate. You
can also lock and unlock the doors and
tailgate pressing the buttons on remote
transmitter.
■Keys
1Key Types and Functions
All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2Immobilizer System P. 147
The keys contain precision electronics.
Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to
the electronics:
•Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
•Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
•Keep the keys away from liquids.
•Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine
may not start, and the remote transmitter may not
work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.
Ignition Keys with Remote
Transmitter
*
Smart Entry Remote
*
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 130 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
131
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions
■Smart entry remote
*
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the
doors when the smart entry remote battery
becomes weak and the power door lock/
unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, pull it out while
sliding the release knob. To reinstall the built-
in key, push the built-in key into the smart
entry remote until it clicks.
Can be used to start and stop the engine, and
lock and unlock driver's door.
Built-in Key
Release Knob
■Valet Key
*
1Valet Key
*
When you need to leave a key with a third party,
leave the valet key.
Gray
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 131 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
*
132
Controls
Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
*
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the smart entry remote when locking/
unlocking the doors, opening the tailgate, or to start the engine.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the tailgate, or starting
the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable:
•Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.
•You are carrying the smart entry remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.
•A metallic object is touching or covering the smart entry remote.
■Key Number Tag
1Key Number Tag
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine,
contact a dealer.
1Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
*
Communication between the smart entry remote and
the vehicle consumes the smart entry remote’s
battery.
Battery life is about two years, but this varies
depending on regularity of use.
The battery is consumed whenever the smart entry
remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
personal computers.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 132 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
133
uuLocking and Unlocking the Doors uLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Continued
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
■Locking the doors
Press the lock button.
Once:
uSome exterior lights flash, all the doors
and tailgate lock, and the security system
sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
uThe beeper sounds and verifies the
security system is set.
■Unlocking the doors
Press the unlock button.
Once:
uSome exterior lights flash twice, and the
driver's door unlocks.
Twice:
uThe remaining doors and tailgate unlock.
■Using the Remote Transmitter
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30
seconds of unlocking the vehicle, the doors will
automatically relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2Customized Features P. 114
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior lights come on when you press
the unlock button.
No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30
seconds.
Doors relocked with the remote: The lights go off
immediately.
2Interior Lights P. 185
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is
open.
If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
varies, the battery is probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2Replacing the Button Battery P. 475
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2Customized Features P. 114
LED
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
Ignition Keys with Remote Transmitter
Models with smart entry remote
LED
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 133 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
134
Controls
When you carry the smart entry remote, you
can lock/unlock the doors and open the
tailgate.
You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius
of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door
handle. You can open the tailgate within
about 32 inches (80 cm) radius from the
tailgate release button.
■Locking the doors and tailgate
Press the door lock button on the front door
or the tailgate.
uSome exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors and tailgate lock;
and the security system sets.
■Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
*
1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
*
•Do not leave the smart entry remote in the vehicle
when you get out. Carry it with you.
•Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote,
you can lock/unlock the doors while someone else
with the remote is within range.
•The door may be unlocked if the door handle is
covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if
the smart entry remote is within range.
•If you grip a front door handle wearing gloves, the
door sensor may be slow to respond or may not
respond by unlocking the doors.
•You cannot unlock the door by gripping the handle
after two seconds of unlocking it.
•The door might not open if you pull it immediately
after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.
•Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may
not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the smart
entry remote if it is above or below the outside
handle.
•The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too
close to the door and door glass.
Door Lock
Button
Door Lock
Button
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 134 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
135
uuLocking and Unlocking the Doors uLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Continued
■Unlocking the doors and tailgate
Grab the driver’s door handle:
uThe driver’s door unlocks.
uSome exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Grab the front passenger’s door handle:
uAll the doors and tailgate unlock.
uSome exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Press the tailgate release button:
uThe tailgate unlocks.
uSome exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
2Using the Tailgate Release Button
P. 141
Release Button
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 135 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
136
Controls
Fully insert the key and turn it.
■Locking the driver's door
Push the lock tab forward
a
or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b
, and close the door.
■Locking the passenger's doors
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.
■Lockout prevention system
The doors and tailgate cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch.
The doors and tailgate cannot be locked when the smart entry remote is inside the
vehicle.
■Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver's door with a key, all the
other doors and tailgate lock at the same time. When
unlocking, the driver's door unlocks first. Turn the
key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the
remaining doors and the tailgate.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2Customized Features P. 114
Lock
Unlock
■Locking a Door Without Using a Key
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver's door, all the other doors
and tailgate lock at the same time.
Make sure you have the key in your hand before
locking the door to prevent it from being locked in
the vehicle.
Ignition Keys with Remote Transmitter
Models with smart entry remote
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 136 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
137
uuLocking and Unlocking the Doors uLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Continued
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.
■Unlocking a door
Pull the lock tab rearward.
Pull the front door inner handle.
uThe door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
■Using the Lock Tab
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver's door, all the other doors and tailgate lock at
the same time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver's door, only the driver's door will unlock.
To Unlock
Lock Tab
To Lock
■Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The front door inner handles are designed to allow
front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
However, this feature requires that front seat
occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where
childproof door locks are provided.
2Childproof Door Locks P. 138
Inner
Handle
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 137 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks
138
Controls
Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock all doors and the tailgate.
Childproof Door Locks
The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.
■When opening the door
Open the door using the outside door handle.
■Using the Master Door Lock Switch
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock the driver’s door using the
master door lock switch, all the other doors and the
tailgate lock/unlock at the same time.
The front passenger’s door also has the master door
lock switch.
To Unlock
Master Door
Lock Switch
To Lock
■Setting the Childproof Door Locks
1Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.
Lock
Unlock
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 138 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
139
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
Your vehicle locks all doors and unlocks the driver’s door automatically when a
certain condition is met.
■Drive lock mode
All doors and tailgate lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).
■Driver’s door open mode
All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.
■Auto Door Locking
■Auto Door Unlocking
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the i-MID.
2Customized Features P. 114
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 139 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
140
Controls
Opening and Closing the Tailgate
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the tailgate before opening or
closing it.
■Opening the tailgate
•Open the tailgate all the way.
uIf it is not fully opened, the tailgate may begin to close under its own weight.
•Be careful when it is windy. The wind may cause the tailgate to close.
■Closing the tailgate
Keep the tailgate closed while driving to:
uAvoid possible damage.
uPrevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 67
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Be careful not to hit your head on the tailgate or to
put your hands between the tailgate and the cargo
area when closing the tailgate.
When you are storing or picking up luggage from the
cargo area while the engine is idling, do not stand in
front of the exhaust pipe. You may get burned.
Do not allow any passenger in the cargo space. They
may get hurt during hard braking, a sudden
acceleration, or a crash.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 140 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
141
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuPrecautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
When all the doors are unlocked or press the
tailgate unlock button on the remote
transmitter, the tailgate is unlocked.
Press the tailgate release button and lift open
the tailgate.
Press the tailgate release button for more than
one second, and wait until you hear two
beeps before you lift open the tailgate.
uReleasing the release button within one
second with one beep enables the power
tailgate operations.
2Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
P. 143
If you are carrying the smart entry remote, you
do not have to unlock the tailgate before
opening it.
■Using the Tailgate Release Button
1Using the Tailgate Release Button
Do not leave the key, remote transmitter
*
, or smart
entry remote
*
in the luggage area before closing the
tailgate.
Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote,
you can lock/unlock the tailgate while someone else
with the remote is within range.
You can change the power tailgate operation setting
on and off.
2Customized Features P. 114
Models with smart entry system
Models with power tailgate
Release Button
Models without power tailgate
Models with power tailgate
Models with smart entry system
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 141 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuPrecautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
142
Controls
To close the tailgate, grab the inner handle,
pull the tailgate down, and push it closed
from outside.
Press the tailgate unlock button to unlock the
tailgate.
Inner Handle
■Using the Remote Transmitter
*
1Using the Remote Transmitter
*
If you have unlocked and opened the tailgate using
the remote transmitter
*
or smart entry remote
*
,
when closing, the tailgate locks automatically.
Tailgate
Unlock
Button
Tailgate
Unlock
Button
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 142 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
143
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
Continued
Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
The power tailgate can be operated by pressing the power tailgate button on the
remote transmitter, pressing the power tailgate button in the driver side control
panel, or pressing the button on the tailgate.
■The power tailgate can be opened when:
•The tailgate is fully closed.
•The shift lever is in (P.
■The power tailgate can be closed when:
•The tailgate is fully open.
•The shift lever is in (P.
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
NOTICE
Do not push or pull on the power tailgate when it is
being automatically opened or closed.
Forcibly opening or closing the power tailgate while
in operation can deform the tailgate frame.
When operating the power tailgate, make sure there
is enough space around your vehicle. People near the
tailgate may be seriously hurt if the tailgate hits or
closes on their heads. Be especially cautious if
children are around.
The power tailgate may not open or close under the
following conditions:
•You start the engine while the tailgate is
automatically opening or closing.
•The vehicle is parked on a steep hill.
•The vehicle is swayed in a strong wind.
•The tailgate or the roof is covered with snow or ice.
If you close the power tailgate with all the doors
locked, the power tailgate locks automatically.
3
WARNING
Closing a power tailgate while anyone is in
the path of the tailgate can cause serious
injury.
Make sure everyone is clear before closing
the power tailgate.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 143 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
144
Controls
Press the power tailgate button for more than
one second to operate when the power mode
is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
To reverse direction while the power tailgate is
in operation, press the button again. The
beeper sounds three times and the tailgate
reverses direction.
■Customizing when to open the tailgate
ANYTIME: The power tailgate unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the
default setting.
WHEN UNLOCKED: The tailgate opens when all doors are unlocked.
2Customized Features P. 100, 114
■Remote Transmitter
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
If you close the power tailgate when all the doors are
locked, the power tailgate locks automatically.
If you replace the battery or the power tailgate fuse
while the tailgate is open, the power tailgate may be
disabled. The power tailgate resumes once you
manually close the tailgate.
Installing aftermarket components other than
genuine Honda accessories on the power tailgate
may prevent it from fully opening or closing.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully open before you
get your luggage in and out.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully closed before
you start the vehicle.
The beeper sounds when you start driving while the
power tailgate is still open, or closing.
Power
Tailgate
Button
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 144 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
145
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
To open: Press and hold the tailgate button in
the driver side control panel for about one
second.
uSome exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
To close: Press and hold the tailgate button in
the driver side control panel for about one
second.
uSome exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
To reverse direction while the power tailgate is
in operation, press the button again.
Press the button on the tailgate to close the
power tailgate.
If you press the button again while the power
tailgate is closing, it stops and reverses
direction.
■Power Tailgate Button
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
If the power tailgate meets resistance while opening
or closing, the auto reverse feature reverses the
direction. The beeper sounds three times.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
tailgate is almost closed to make sure that it fully
closes.
Do not touch the sensors located on both sides of the
tailgate. The power tailgate does not close if you
touch either sensor when you are trying to close the
tailgate.
Be careful not to scratch the sensors with a sharp
object. If scratched, they can be damaged, and the
power tailgate closing feature malfunctions.
■Power Tailgate Close Button
1Power Tailgate Close Button
If you press the tailgate release button inside the
handle while the tailgate is automatically opening or
closing, the power tailgate operation stops. Use
caution if the tailgate stops in the middle of either
operation. It may suddenly swing up or down.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 145 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
146
Controls
If you manually close the power tailgate, it latches automatically.
Automatically lowers the power tailgate when there is a possibility that the fully
opened power tailgate can fall down by its own weight (for example, by snow on
the tailgate). The beeper sounds while the power tailgate lowers.
■Auto-Closer
■Power Tailgate Fall Detection
1Auto-Closer
The auto-closer feature does not activate if you push
the tailgate open button while the power tailgate is
closing.
Do not put any force on the tailgate while the power
tailgate is latching.
Keep your hands away from the tailgate when you
manually close the tailgate and let it latch
automatically. It is dangerous to put your hands
around the tailgate as it starts to latch itself.
1Power Tailgate Fall Detection
If you try to manually close the power tailgate
immediately after it fully opens, the power tailgate
fall detection may activate
Once the power tailgate fall detection activates, wait
until the power tailgate fully closes. Keep away from
the power tailgate when it is in motion.
If the power tailgate fall detection constantly
activates, consult at a dealer.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 146 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
147
Continued
Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic
signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when inserting the key into the ignition switch or
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button
*
:
•Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ignition switch
*1
.
•Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
•Do not bring a key from another vehicle's immobilizer system near the ignition
switch.
Security System Alarm
*
The security system alarm activates when the tailgate, hood or doors are forcibly
opened. The alarm does not go off if the tailgate or doors are opened with the key,
remote transmitter or smart entry system.
However, the alarm goes off when a door is opened with the key, then the shift
lever is moved out of (P or the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON.
■When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently and all the exterior lights flash.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE
Leaving the ignition key in the vehicle can result in
theft or accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the ignition key with you whenever you
leave the vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
1Security System Alarm
*
The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
minutes until the security system deactivates.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 147 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
*
148
Controls
■To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the remote transmitter or smart entry system. The system,
along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.
■Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
•The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
•The hood and tailgate are closed.
•All doors and tailgate are locked with the key or the remote transmitter.
■When the security system alarm sets
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the
blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set.
■To cancel the security system alarm
The security system is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote
transmitter, or smart entry system, or the power mode is set to ON. The security
system indicator goes off at the same time.
1Security System Alarm
*
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
•Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
•Opening the hood with the hood release handle.
•Moving the shift lever out of (P.
If the battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may go off
once the battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the key or remote transmitter.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add another
device to it.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 148 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
149
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
*
■The panic button on the remote
transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
•The horn sounds.
•Some exterior lights flash.
■Canceling panic mode
Press any button on the remote transmitter, or turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
■Panic Mode
Panic
Button
Panic
Button
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 149 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
150
Controls
Opening and Closing the Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the ignition switch is in ON
(w
*1
, using the switches on the doors. The driver side switches can be used to open
and close all the windows.
The power window lock button on the driver side must be switched off (not pushed
in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the
driver's seat.
When the power window lock button is switched on (pushed in, indicator on), you
can only operate the driver's window. Turn the power window lock button on if a
child is in the vehicle.
■Automatic operation
To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.
■Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
■Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you turn the ignition switch off.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it stops closing and reverse direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3
WARNING
Closing a power window on someone's
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
ON
OFF
Power Window
Lock Button
Indicator
Driver’s
Window
Switch
Front Passenger’s
Window Switch
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 150 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
151
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
To open: Push the switch down.
To close: Pull the switch up.
Release the switch when the window reaches
the desired position.
■
Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/Close Function
Close
Open
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 151 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
152
Controls
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
*
You can operate the moonroof when the ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
. Use the
switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
■Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The moonroof automatically opens or closes
all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,
touch the switch briefly.
■Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
■Tilting the moonroof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof
switch.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then
release.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
■Opening/Closing the Moonroof
1Opening/Closing the Moonroof
NOTICE
Opening the moonroof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you turn the ignition switch off.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the moonroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully
closes.
3
WARNING
Opening or closing the moonroof on
someone's hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the moonroof before opening or closing it.
Open
Close Tilt
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 152 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
153
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
Ignition Switch
Models with ignition Keys with remote transmitter
1Ignition Switch
You cannot take the key out unless the shift lever is
in (P.
If you open the driver's door when the key is in LOCK
(0 or ACCESSORY (q, a warning buzzer will sound
to remind you to take the key out.
If the key won't turn from LOCK (0 to ACCESSORY
(q, turn the key while moving the steering wheel left
and right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing
the key to turn.
(0 LOCK: Insert and remove the key in this
position.
(q ACCESSORY: Operate the audio system and
other accessories in this position.
(w ON: This is the position when driving.
(e START: This position is for starting the engine.
The switch returns to ON (w when you let go of
the key.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 153 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
154
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
Controls
ENGINE START/STOP Button
*1:Canadian models
■Changing the Power Mode
Models with smart entry remote
1ENGINE START/STOP Button
ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range
You can start the engine when the smart entry
remote is inside the vehicle.
The engine may also run if the smart entry remote is
close to the door or window, even if it is outside the
vehicle.
ON mode:
Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running.
If the smart entry remote battery is weak, beeper
sounds and the TO START, HOLD REMOTE NEAR
START BUTTON message appears on the i-MID.
2If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 492
Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON
when you get out.
Operating Range
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
Indicator in the button is off.
The steering wheel is locked
*1
.
The power to all electrical
components is turned off.
Press the button without
the shift lever in (P.
Shift to (P then press the
button.
Press the button.
Without pressing
the brake pedal
ACCESSORY
Indicator in the button is on.
Indicator in the button blinks
(from ON to ACCESSORY).
Operate the audio system and
other accessories in this position.
ON
Indicator in the button is on.
All electrical components can be
used.
Indicator
U.S. models
Shift to (P.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 154 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
155
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the shift lever in (P and the power
mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid the battery drain.
When in this mode:
The steering wheel does not lock.
You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or the smart entry
system.
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times to switch the mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
■Automatic Power Off
1ENGINE START/STOP Button
If the power mode does not change from VEHICLE
OFF to ACCESSORY, press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while moving the steering wheel left and
right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing the
mode to change.
Canadian models
Canadian models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 155 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
156
Controls
If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning
buzzer sounds.
Warning buzzers may sound from inside or/
and outside the vehicle to remind you that the
smart entry remote is out of the vehicle. If the
buzzer continues even after the remote is put
back inside, place it within its operational
range.
■When the power mode is in ON
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed,
warning buzzers sound from both inside and
outside the vehicle. A warning message on
the information display/multi-information
display notifies the driver inside that the
remote is out.
■When the power mode is in
ACCESSORY
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and all the doors are closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from outside the
vehicle.
■Power Mode Reminder
■Smart Entry Remote Reminder
1Smart Entry Remote Reminder
When the smart entry remote is within the system’s
operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the
warning function cancels.
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the vehicle
after the engine has been started, you can no longer
change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or
restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is
in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
Removing the smart entry remote from the vehicle
through a window does not activate the warning
buzzer.
Do not put the smart entry remote on the dashboard
or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer
to go off. Under some other conditions that can
prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the
warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is
within the system’s operational range.
Models without multi-information
display
Models with multi-information display
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 156 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
157
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluIgnition Switch and Power Mode Comparison
Ignition Switch and Power Mode Comparison
*1:Canadian models
Ignition Switch
Position
LOCK (0)
(with/without
the key)
ACCESSORY (I) ON (II) START (III)
Without Smart Entry
System
●
Engine is turned off and
power is shut down.
●
The steering wheel is
locked.
●
No electrical
components can be
used.
●
Engine is turned off.
●
Some electrical
components such as the
audio system can be
operated.
●
Normal key position
while driving.
●
All electrical components
can be used.
●
Use this position to start
the engine.
●
The ignition switch
returns to the ON (II)
position when you
release the key.
Power Mode VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK)
ACCESSORY ON
Indicator is:
START
With Smart Entry
System and ENGINE
START/STOP
Button
Indicator-Off
●
Engine is turned off and
power is shut down.
●
The steering wheel is
locked
*1
.
●
No electrical
components can be
used.
Indicator-On or blinking
●
Engine is turned off.
●
Some electrical
components such as the
audio system can be
operated.
Indicator-
On (engine is turned off)
Off (engine is running)
●
All electrical components
can be used.
Indicator-Off
●
The mode automatically
returns to ON after the
engine starts.
On
Off
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 157 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
158
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals
Controls
Turn Signals
The turn signals can be used when the ignition
switch is in ON (w
*1
.
■One-touch turn signal
When you lightly push up or down and release
the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals
and turn signal indicator blink three times.
This feature can be used when signaling for a
lane change.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
Right Turn
Left Turn
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 158 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
159
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Continued
Light Switches
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the position of the
ignition switch.
■High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.
■Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.
■Manual Operation
1Light Switches
If you remove the key from the ignition switch with
the lights on, a light on reminder chime sounds when
you open the driver's door.
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the
driver’s door is opened.
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off
because it will cause the battery to discharge.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
All models
High Beams
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
Turns on parking, side marker,
tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking,
side marker, tail, and rear
license plate lights
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 159 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
160
Controls
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the power mode is in ON.
When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
uYou can change the auto light sensitivity
setting.
2Customized Features P. 114
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within
a certain interval with the headlight switch in AUTO.
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
■Automatic Lighting Control
*
1Automatic Lighting Control
*
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.
Light Sensor
Models without automatic
intermittent wipers
Models with automatic
intermittent wipers
Light Sensor
■Headlight Integration with Wipers
*
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 160 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
161
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you remove the key or set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK),
take the remote with you, and close the driver’s door.
uYou can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2Customized Features P. 114
If you turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0
*1
with the headlight switch on, but do
not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (three minutes, if the switch
is in the AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver's door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver's door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
■Automatic Lighting Off Feature
1Automatic Lighting Control
*
Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
Setting The exterior lights come on
when the ambient light is at
Max
High
Mid
Low
Min
Bright
Dark
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 161 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
162
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights
*
Controls
Fog Lights
*
Can be used when the low beam headlights
are on.
Rotate the switch up from the OFF position to
the position.
1Fog Lights
*
When the fog lights are on, the indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
The fog lights go off when the headlights turn off, or
when the daytime running lights are on.
Fog Light Switch
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 162 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
163
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDaytime Running Lights
Daytime Running Lights
The high beam headlights come on slightly dimmer than normal when the following
conditions have been met:
•The ignition switch is in ON (w.
•The headlight switch is off.
•The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Turning off the ignition
switch will turn off the daytime running lights.
The high beam headlights return to the original brightness once the headlight
switch is turned on.
The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met:
•The power mode is set to ON.
•The headlight switch is off.
•The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Setting the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF turns off the daytime running lights.
The daytime running lights are off the headlight switch is turned on, or when the
headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 163 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
164
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
■MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.
■Wiper switch (OFF, INT
*
, LO, HI)
Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.
■AUTO
*
2Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
P. 165
■Adjusting the delay
*
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper
delay.
■Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever, the wipers make
two or three more sweeps before stopping.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
■Windshield Wipers/Washers
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
NOTICE
In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield, becoming stuck.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the
windshield, then turn the wipers on.
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.
If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
interval shortens. When the vehicle starts moving, the
wipers make a single sweep.
When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s
shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become
the same.
If the wiper stops operating due to any obstacle such
as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
place. Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and turn the
ignition switch to ACCESSORY (q or LOCK (0
*1
,
then remove the obstacle.
Models with intermittent time adjustment ring
Intermittent Time
Adjustment Ring
*
MIST
INT
*
: Low speed with
intermittent
OFF
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull to
use
washer.
AUTO
*
: Automatic
intermittent operation
Long delay
Short delay
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 164 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
165
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
When you push the lever down to AUTO, the
windshield wipers sweep once, and go into
the automatic mode.
The wipers operate intermittently, at low
speed, or at high speed and stops in
accordance with the amount of rainfall the
rainfall sensor detects.
■AUTO sensitivity adjustment
When in AUTO, you can also adjust the
rainfall sensor sensitivity using the adjustment
ring.
Sensor sensitivity
■Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
1Wipers and Washers
The wiper motor may stop motor operation
temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation
will return to normal within a few minutes, once the
circuit has returned to normal.
Adjustment Ring
1Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not put the wiper lever in AUTO when cleaning
the windshield or driving through a car wash. If the
wiper lever is in AUTO, and the power mode is in ON,
the rainfall sensor may respond to your hand or car
wash liquids, and the wipers may operate
automatically.
Rainfall Sensor
Low: The wipers start to
react to a larger amount
of rainfall.
High: The wipers start to
react to a smaller amount
of rainfall.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 165 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
166
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
The rear wiper and washer can be used when
the ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
■Wiper switch (OFF, INT, ON)
Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.
■Washer ( )
Sprays while you rotate the switch to this
position.
Hold it to activate the wiper and to spray the
washer. Once released, it stops operating
after a few more sweeps.
■Operating in reverse
When you shift the transmission to (R with the windshield wipers activated, the rear
wiper operates automatically as follows even if its switch is off.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
■Rear Wiper/Washer
INT: Intermittent
OFF
ON: Continuous wipe
Washer
Front Wiper Position Rear Wiper Operation
INT (Intermittent) Intermittent
LO (Low speed wipe)
HI (High speed wipe) Continuous
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 166 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
167
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Brightness Control
When the parking lights are turned on and the
ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
, you can use the
brightness control knob to adjust instrument
panel brightness.
Brighten: Turn the knob to the right.
Dim: Turn the knob to the left.
You will hear a beep when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. The
information display will return to its original
state several seconds after you adjust the
brightness.
■Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the
information display while you are adjusting it.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
1Brightness Control
Instrument panel brightness differs between when
the exterior lights are on and when they are off. The
instrument panel dims to reduce glare when the
lights are on.
Pressing the (Select/Reset) knob changes to a
different display.
If you turn the knob to the right until the brightness
display is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels
the reduced instrument panel brightness when the
exterior lights are on.
Control Knob
Models without multi-information
display
Models with multi-information display
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 167 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
168
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDefogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Controls
Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window
and mirrors when the ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
automatically switch off after 20 minutes.
However, if the outside temperature is 18°F
(−8°C) or below, they do not automatically
switch off.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes
depending on the outside temperature.
However, if the outside temperature is 32°F
(0°C) or below, they do not automatically
switch off.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
■Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button
1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button
NOTICE
When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be
careful not to damage the heating wires.
It is critical to wipe the window from side to side
along the defogger heating wires.
This system consumes a lot of power, and may
weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the
engine. Turn it off when the window has been
defogged.
Also, do not use the system for a long period even if
the engine is idling.
Models with heating and cooling system
Models with climate control system
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 168 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
169
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDefogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Press the heated windshield button to deice
the windshield when the power mode is in
ON.
The front defogger automatically switches off
after 15 minutes.
■Heated Windshield Button
*
Canadian models
1Heated Windshield Button
*
This system consumes a lot of power, and may
weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the
engine. Turn it off when the window has been
defogged.
Also, do not use the system for a long period even if
the engine is idling.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 169 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
170
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
*
Controls
Driving Position Memory System
*
You can store two driver’s seat positions (except for power lumbar) with the driving
position memory system.
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter or the smart
entry system, the seat adjusts automatically to one of the two preset positions.
•DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.
•DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 170 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
171
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
*
1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the
driver’s seat to the desired position.
2. Press the SET button.
uYou will hear a beep, and the memory
button indicator light will blink.
3. Press and hold memory button (1 or (2
within five seconds of pressing the SET
button.
uOnce the seat position has been
memorized, the indicator light on the
button you pressed stays on.
1. Move the shift lever to (P.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Press a memory button ((1 or (2).
uYou will hear a beep, and the indicator
light will blink.
The seat will automatically move to the
memorized position. When it has finished
moving, you will hear a beep, and the
indicator light stays on.
■Storing a Position in Memory
1Storing a Position in Memory
After you press the SET button, the storing operation
will be canceled when:
•You do not press the memory button within five
seconds.
•You readjust the seat position before the double-
beep.
•You set the power mode to any position except
ON.
Memory
Button 1
Memory
Button 2
SET Button
■Recalling the Stored Position
1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat will stop moving if you:
•Press the SET button, or a memory button ((1 or
(2).
•Adjust the seat position.
•Shift into any position except (P.
Memory
Button 1
Memory
Button 2
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 171 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
172
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel
Controls
Adjusting the Steering Wheel
The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up.
uThe steering wheel adjustment lever is
under the steering column.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out.
uMake sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
3. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever
down to lock the steering wheel in position.
uAfter adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
Make any steering wheel adjustments before you
start driving.
3
WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
To adjust
To lock Lever
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 172 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
173
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.
Flip the tab to switch the position.
The night position will help reduce the glare
from headlights behind you when driving
after dark.
When driving after dark, the automatic
dimming rearview mirror reduces the glare
from headlights behind you. This feature is
always active.
■Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions
*
1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2Adjusting the Seat Positions P. 175
Tab
Daytime
Position
Night Position
Up
Down
■Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
*
Sensor
1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
*
The auto dimming function cancels when the shift
position is in (R.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 173 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
174
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
Controls
Power Door Mirrors
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
■Mirror position adjustment
L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.
The driver side door mirror has outer and inner
segments.
The outer segment is slightly curved to provide
a wider angle view than a standard flat mirror.
This wider view may help you check areas that
are not visible using a standard door mirror.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
Selector
Switch
Adjustment
Switch
■Expanded View Driver's Mirror
Inner Segment
Outer Segment
1Expanded View Driver's Mirror
Objects visible in the outer segment of the driver side
door mirror appears smaller than objects in the rest of
the mirror. But in fact, they are closer than they
appear.
Do not rely on your mirrors. Always look to the side
and behind your vehicle before changing lanes.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 174 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
175
Continued
Adjusting the Seats
Adjusting the Seat Positions
Adjust the driver's seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger's seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.
■Adjusting the driver’s power seat
*
1Adjusting the Seats
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
3
WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
Move back.
Allow sufficient
space.
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Height Adjustment
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Lumbar Support
Adjustment
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 175 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
176
Controls
■Adjusting the front manual seat(s)
1Adjusting the front manual seat(s)
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and
forth to make sure it is locked in position.
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Pull up on the bar to move the
seat, then release the bar.
Height Adjustment
(Driver’s seat only)
Pull up or push down the lever
to raise or lower the seat.
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the lever to
change the angle.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 176 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
177
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
Adjust the driver's seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant's chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
■Adjusting the Seat-Backs
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back.
Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag
operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.
3
WARNING
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 177 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
178
Controls
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints
in all seating positions.
Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rear-
impact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant's head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant's ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.
■Adjusting the front head restraint positions
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint: Push it down
while pressing the release button.
■Adjusting the Head Restraints
1Adjusting the Head Restraints
In order for the head restraint system to work
properly:
•Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
•Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back.
•Install each restraint in its proper location.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
Position head in the center
of the head restraint.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 178 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
179
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
A passenger sitting in the center back seating
position should adjust the height of their head
restraint to an appropriate position before the
vehicle begins moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.
■Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Position
■Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
3
WARNING
Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.
Front and rear center head restraints
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 179 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
180
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
Controls
A passenger in an outer back seating position
should put the head restraint in the upright
position before the vehicle begins moving.
To fold down the head restraint:
Pull the strap.
To put the head restraint back in the
upright position:
Pull up the head restraint and push rearward
until it latches.
■Folding Down the Rear Outer Head Restraint
Strap
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 180 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
181
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is
off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.
■Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
3
WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 181 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
182
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
Controls
Rear Seats
The rear seats can be folded down separately to allow for additional storage space.
■To fold down the seat
1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert the latch plate into the slot on the side of the
anchor buckle.
2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the ceiling.
2Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 38
3. Lower the center head restraint to its lowest position. Put the armrest back into
the seat-back.
4. Pull the release strap.
uThe seat cushion flips forward, the head
restraints tilt downward, and the seat-
back then folds flat.
4. Pull the release lever.
uThe seat cushion flips forward, the head
restraints tilt downward, and the seat-
back then folds flat.
■Folding Down the Rear Seats
1Folding Down the Rear Seats
Make sure all items in the cargo area or items
extending to the rear seats are properly
secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have
to brake hard.
Remove any items from the rear seat cushion and
floor before you fold down the rear seat.
Make sure the seat-back completely lowers (a click
sounds). Otherwise it will not re-latch when returned
to the upright position.
The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they
do not interfere with the rear seats as they fold
down.
Pull
From the rear door side
Lever
From the cargo area side
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 182 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
183
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
■To return the seat to the original
position
1. Pull the seat-back up and push back into
place until a click is heard.
2. Push the head restraint up to its original
position.
3. Pull the seat cushion up and push it down
into its original position.
Pull the lever on the right to change the angle
of the right half of the seat-back, and left for
the left half.
■Rear Seat-back Adjusting
1To return the seat to the original position
Make sure the seat-back, head restraints and seat
cushion are securely latched back into place before
driving.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 183 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
184
uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest
Controls
Armrest
The console lid can be used as an armrest.
To adjust:
Slide the armrest to a desired position.
Pull down the armrest in the center seat-back.
■Using the Front Seat Armrest
■Using the Rear Seat Armrest
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 184 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
185
Continued
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■ON
The interior lights come on regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following
situations:
•When any doors are opened.
•You unlock the driver's door.
•You remove the key from the ignition
switch.
•When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
Only the cargo area light comes on when the
tailgate is opened.
■OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■Interior Light Switches
1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade out
and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are closed.
The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following
situations:
•When you unlock the driver's door but do not open it.
•When you remove the key from the ignition switch
but do not open a door.
•When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) but do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time.
2Customized Features P. 114
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
•When you lock the driver's door.
•When you close the driver's door with the key in
the ignition switch.
•When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY
mode.
•When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
.
If you leave any doors open in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
mode, or without the key in the ignition switch, the
interior lights go off after about 15 minutes.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Door Activated Position
Off
Front
Door Activated Position
On
Off
Rear and Cargo Area
Front
Models with moonroof
Models without moonroof
Off
Door
Activated
Position
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 185 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights
186
Controls
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the lenses.
■Map Lights
1Map Lights
When the interior light switch is in the door activated
position and any door is open, pressing the lens does
not turn off the map light.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 186 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
187
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Interior Convenience Items
Pull the handle to open the glove box. You
can lock the glove box with the master key or
the built-in key.
Pull the handle to open the console
compartment.
■Glove Box
1Glove Box
3
WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.
Glove Box
■Console Compartment
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 187 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
188
Controls
■Front seat beverage holders
Are located in the console between the front
seats.
■Rear seat beverage holders
Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat
beverage holders.
■Beverage Holders
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE
Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting,
and electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.
The front and rear separators are not
interchangeable, and are labeled with their
appropriate locations. Always ensure they are
positioned as shown.
LabelLabel
Front Separator
Rear Separator
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 188 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
189
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
The accessory power sockets can be used when the ignition switch is in ACCESSORY
(q or ON (w
*1
.
■Accessory power socket on the console
panel
Open the cover to use it.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
■Accessory Power Sockets
1Accessory Power Sockets
NOTICE
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element.
This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power socket is designed to supply
power for 12 volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts or less (15 amps).
To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket
with the engine running.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 189 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
190
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
■Accessory power socket in the console
compartment
Open the console lid and the cover to use it.
Models with smart entry system
Models without smart entry system
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 190 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
191
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
There is a coat hook on the rear left grab
handle. Pull it down to use it.
Use the cargo side net to secure items to the
side.
■Coat Hook
1Coat Hook
The coat hook is not designed for large or heavy
items.
■Cargo Side Net
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 191 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
192
Controls
The tie-down anchors on the cargo area floor
can be used to install a net for securing items.
The cargo hooks on both sides of the cargo
area can be used to hang a light items.
■Tie-down Anchors
1Tie-down Anchors
Do not let anyone access items in the cargo area
while driving. Loose items can cause injury if you have
to brake hard.
Hooks
Hooks
■Cargo Hooks
1Cargo Hooks
NOTICE
Do not hang a large object or an object that weighs
more than 6 lbs (3 kg) on the side cargo hooks.
Hanging heavy or large objects may damage the
hooks.
Hook
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 192 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
193
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
To open the sunglasses holder, press and
release the indent. To close, press it again until
it latches.
You can store eyeglasses and other small
items in this holder.
■Conversation mirror
The sunglasses holder comes with a mirror.
Open the sunglasses holder fully, then push it
back to the first detent.
You can use the mirror to view the rear seats.
■Sunglasses Holder
1Sunglasses Holder
Keep the holder closed while driving except when
accessing stored items.
Press
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 193 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
194
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters. The HI setting heats the seats
faster than the LO setting.
The indicator for your setting comes on while
the seat heater is in use. Press the button on
the opposite side to turn the heater off. The
indicator goes off.
While in HI, the heater cycles on and off.
When a comfortable temperature is reached,
select LO to keep the seat warm.
■Seat Heaters
*
1Seat Heaters
*
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may
be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
In the LO setting, the heater runs continuously and
does not automatically turn off.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 194 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
195
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
The tonneau cover can be used to conceal
items in the cargo area and protect them from
direct sunlight.
■To extend:
Pull the handle on the center edge, then clip
the mounting rods in the hooks on both sides
of the tailgate opening.
■To retract:
Slip the rods out of the hooks, then slowly roll
it back until it is completely retracted.
■To remove:
Push either end of the housing inward, then
lift it out of its position.
■Tonneau Cover
*
1Tonneau Cover
*
Do not let anyone access items in the cargo area
while driving. Loose items can cause injury if you have
to brake hard.
Do not stack objects higher than the top of the seat
in the cargo area. They could block your view and be
thrown about the vehicle during a sudden stop.
To prevent tonneau cover damage:
•Do not place items on the tonneau cover.
•Do not put weight on the tonneau cover.
Handle
Mounting Rod
Hook
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 195 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
196
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
■To store:
The housing unit can be stored on the cargo
area floor to make more space available.
Push one end of the unit into the hole on one
side panel, then insert the other end into the
hole on the other side.
After storing the unit, rock it up and down to
make sure it is securely placed.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 196 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
197
Continued
Heating and Cooling System
*
Using Vents, Heating and A/C
Mode Buttons
Change airflow.
Floor and defroster vents
Floor vents
Dashboard and floor vents and
back of the center console
Dashboard vents and back
of the center console
Fan Control Dial
Adjusts the fan speed.
Rotate the dial all the
way to OFF to turn
everything off.
Button
Turns on the A/C, selects airflow
from the dashboard vents, and
switches the mode to recirculation.
A/C Button
Press to cool the interior or
dehumidify while heating.
Windshield Defroster Button
Turns on the A/C, selects airflow from
the defroster vents at the base of the
windshield, and switches the mode to
fresh air.
Temperature
Control Dial
Adjusts the interior
temperature.
(Recirculation) Button
Press the button and switch the mode
depending on environmental conditions.
Recirculation mode (indicator on):
Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior
through the system.
Fresh air mode (indicator off):
Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system
in fresh air mode in normal situations.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 197 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuHeating and Cooling System
*
uUsing Vents, Heating and A/C
198
Controls
The heater uses heat from the engine coolant
to warm the air.
1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control
dial.
2. Select .
3. Adjust the temperature using the
temperature control dial.
4. Press the button (indicator off).
■To rapidly warm up the interior
1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.
2. Select .
3. Set the temperature to maximum high.
4. Press the button (indicator on).
■To dehumidify the interior
When used in combination with the heater, the air conditioning system makes the
interior warm and dry and can prevent the windows from fogging up.
1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control dial.
2. Press the A/C button to turn on the air conditioning system.
3. Select .
4. Adjust the temperature using the temperature control dial.
■Heating
1Heating
When you select , the mode automatically
switches to fresh air.
1To rapidly warm up the interior
Change to fresh air mode as soon as the interior gets
warm enough. The windows may fog up if kept in
recirculation mode.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 198 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
199
uuHeating and Cooling System
*
uUsing Vents, Heating and A/C
1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control
dial.
2. Select .
3. Adjust the temperature using the
temperature control dial.
4. Press the A/C button (indicator on).
■To rapidly cool down the interior
1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.
2. Set the temperature to maximum low.
3. Press the button (indicator on).
Pressing the button turns the air
conditioning system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode.
■To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.
2. Press the button.
3. Press the button.
4. Set the temperature to maximum high.
■Cooling
1To rapidly cool down the interior
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows.
While in the ECON mode, the system has greater
temperature fluctuations.
Pressing the button bypasses the ECON mode
control, and cools down the interior more rapidly.
■Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 199 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
200
Controls
Climate Control System
*
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver's side or passenger’s side
temperature control dial.
3. Press the button to cancel.
■Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
Press the button and switch the mode depending on environmental conditions.
Recirculation mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through
the system.
Fresh air mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in
fresh air mode in normal situations.
1Using Automatic Climate Control
If any button is pressed while in AUTO, the function
of that button takes priority.
The AUTO indicator goes off, but functions of other
buttons pressed are still in auto mode.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may operate at low speed for a while after the
AUTO button has been pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on AUTO, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the button switches the climate
control system between on and off. When turned on,
the system returns to your last selection.
While in ECON mode, the system has greater
temperature fluctuations.
Floor and
defroster vents
Floor ventsDashboard and
floor vents and
back of the
center console
Dashboard vents
and back of the
center console
AUTO Button
Driver's Side
Temperature
Control Dial
Passenger's Side
Temperature
Control Dial
/ (Fan Control) Buttons
(Recirculation) Button
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 200 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
201
uuClimate Control System
*
uUsing Automatic Climate Control
Pressing the button turns the air
conditioning system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode.
Pressing the button again to turn off, the
system returns to the previous settings.
■To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the button.
2. Press the button.
■Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode,
the windows may fog up from humidity. This
impedes visibility.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 201 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
202
uuClimate Control System
*
uSynchronized Mode
Controls
Synchronized Mode
You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver side and the passenger
side in synchronized mode.
1. Press the SYNC button.
uThe system switches to synchronized mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using driver’s side temperature control dial.
Press the SYNC button to return to dual mode.
1Synchronized Mode
When you press the button, the system changes
to synchronized mode.
When the system is in dual mode, the driver side
temperature and the passenger side temperature can
be set separately.
In AUTO mode, the system adjusts each temperature
based on the information of the sunlight sensor and
the sun position updated by the navigation system’s
GPS.
Models with navigation system
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 202 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
203
uuClimate Control System
*
uAutomatic Climate Control Sensors
Automatic Climate Control Sensors
The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.
Sensor
Sensor
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 203 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
204
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 204 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
205
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.
Audio System
About Your Audio System................ 206
USB Port(s)
*
..................................... 208
Auxiliary Input Jack
*
........................ 207
HDMI® Port
*
.................................... 209
Audio Antenna ................................ 209
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 210
Audio Remote Controls.................... 211
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 213
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 214
Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 215
Playing a CD .................................... 218
Playing an iPod ................................ 221
Playing Internet Radio ...................... 224
Models with one display
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 226
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 229
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 231
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 237
Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 239
Playing SiriusXM® Radio
*
................. 242
Playing a CD .................................... 245
Playing an iPod ................................ 248
Playing Internet Radio ...................... 251
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 253
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 256
Playing a Video Using the HDMI®..... 258
Smartphone Apps ............................ 260
Siri Eyes Free .................................... 261
Models with two display
Audio Error Messages ...................... 262
General Information on the Audio
System ............................................. 267
Customized Features
Defaulting All the Settings ............... 281
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
.. 282
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Using HFL ........................................ 284
HFL Menus ...................................... 286
Using HFL ........................................ 313
HFL Menus ...................................... 315
Compass ............................................ 342
Models with one display
Models with two displays
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 205 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
206
Features
Audio System
About Your Audio System
See the Navigation System Manual for operation of the audio system, Bluetooth®
HandsFreeLink®, and voice commands for these features.
The audio system features AM/FM radio and the SiriusXM® Radio
*
service. It can also
play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone, and
Bluetooth® devices.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, or
the remote controls on the steering wheel.
1About Your Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio
*
is available on a subscription basis
only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio
*
,
contact a dealer.
2General Information on the Audio System
P. 267
SiriusXM® Radio
*
is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM®
*
is a registered trademark of SiriusXM
Radio, Inc.
Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not
supported.
iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Remote Control
iPod
USB Flash
Drive
iPod
USB Flash Drive
Models with one display
Models with two displays
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 206 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
207
uuAudio SystemuAuxiliary Input Jack
*
Auxiliary Input Jack
*
Use the jack to connect a standard audio device.
1. Open the AUX cover.
2. Connect a standard audio device to the
input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo
miniplug.
uThe audio system automatically switches
to the AUX mode.
USB Adapter Cable
*
1. Unclip the USB connector and loosen the
adapter cable.
2. Install the iPod dock connector or the USB
flash drive to the USB connector.
1Auxiliary Input Jack
*
To switch the mode, press any of the audio mode
buttons. You can return to the AUX mode by
pressing the AUX button.
1USB Adapter Cable
*
•Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
•Do not use an extension cable with the USB
adapter cable.
•Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
•Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
•We recommend keeping your data backed up
before using the device in your vehicle.
•Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions
provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 207 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
208
uuAudio SystemuUSB Port(s)
*
Features
USB Port(s)
*
1. Open the cover.
2. Install the iPod dock connector or the USB
flash drive to the USB port.
1USB Port(s)
*
•Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
•Do not use an extension cable with the USB port.
•Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
•Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
•We recommend keeping your data backed up
before using the device in your vehicle.
•Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer's instructions
provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 208 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
209
uuAudio SystemuHDMI® Port
*
HDMI® Port
*
1. Open the cover.
2. Install the HDMI® cable to the HDMI® port.
Audio Antenna
Your vehicle is equipped with a removable
antenna at the rear of the roof.
1HDMI® Port
*
•Do not leave the HDMI® connected device in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
•We recommend your data backed up before using
the device in your vehicle.
•Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition
Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are
trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI
Licensing LLC in the United States and other
countries.
HDMI Port
1Audio Antenna
NOTICE
Before using a “drive-through” car wash, remove the
antenna by unscrewing it by hand. This prevents the
antenna from being damaged by the car wash
brushes.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 209 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
210
uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection
Features
Audio System Theft Protection
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system
may display ENTER CODE
*1
/Enter Code
*2
.
■Reactivating the audio system
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*3
.
2. Turn on the audio system.
3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds.
uThe audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
*1: Models with one display
*2: Models with two displays
*3: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 210 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
211
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Continued
Audio Remote Controls
Allow you to operate the audio system while driving.
SOURCE Button
Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
FM1 FM2 AM CD AUX
FM AM SiriusXM®
*
CD USB iPod
Pandora®
*
Aha
TM
Apps Bluetooth®
Audio AUX HDMI®
(+ (- (Volume) Buttons
Press (+: To increase the volume.
Press (-: To decrease the volume.
Buttons
•When listening to the radio
Press : To select the next preset radio station.
Press : To select the previous preset radio station.
•When listening to a CD, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
•When listening to a CD or USB flash drive
Press and hold : To skip to the next folder.
Press and hold : To go back to the previous folder.
•When listening to Pandora®
*
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press and hold : To select the previous station.
Press and hold : To select the next station.
1Audio Remote Controls
Some sources will only appear when available, such
as when a CD is inserted or when a compatible device
is connected.
Button
SOURCE Button
Button
(+ Button
(- Button
MENU Button
Models with one display
Models with two displays
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 211 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
212
Features
Steering Wheel MENU Button
•When listening to the radio
Press and hold the MENU button: To select the radio station by Scan, Save
Preset, or Seek.
•When listening to the SiriusXM® radio
*
Press and hold the MENU button: To select Scan, Save Preset, Channel, or
Category.
•When listening to a CD or USB flash drive
Press and hold the MENU button: To select the song by Scan, Repeat, or
Random.
•When listening to an iPod
Press and hold the MENU button: To select the song by Repeat or Shuffle.
•When listening to Internet radio
*
Press and hold the MENU button: To select Bookmark, or Play/Pause.
•When listening to a Bluetooth® Audio
Press and hold the MENU button: To select Pause or Play for the song.
1Audio Remote Controls
The MENU button is available only when the audio
mode is FM, AM, CD, USB, iPod, Pandora®
*
, Aha
TM
,
or Bluetooth® Audio.
Models with two displays
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 212 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
213
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system, the ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w.
Use the selector knob or SETUP button to
access some audio functions.
Press to switch between the normal and
extended display for some functions.
Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices. Press to set
your selection.
SETUP button: Press to select any mode such
as the Auto Select, RDS Information,
Sound Settings, Play Mode, Resume/
Pause, or Adjust Clock.
button: Press to go back to the
previous display.
Models with one display
1Audio System Basic Operation
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Press the SOURCE, (+, (-, or button on the
steering wheel to change any audio setting.
2Audio Remote Controls P. 211
Setup menu items
2Auto Select P. 216
2RDS information P. 217
2Sound Settings P. 214
2Play Mode P. 220
2Resume/Pause P. 230
2Adjust Clock P. 128
Button
Selector
Knob
SETUP
Button
Menu Display
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 213 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
214
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
Press the SETUP button, and rotate to
select Sound Settings, then press . Rotate
to scroll through the following choices:
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
Selector
Knob
SETUP
Button
Treble is selectable.
Speed-sensitive
Volume
Compensation
Bass
Treble
Fader
Balance
BAS
TRE
FAD
BAL
SVC
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 214 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
215
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Continued
Playing AM/FM Radio
FM Button
/ Buttons
Press to display and select an
RDS category.
SCAN Button
Press to sample each of the
strongest stations on the
selected band for 10 seconds.
To turn off scan, press the
button again.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.
Preset Buttons (1-6)
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Pick a preset button and hold it
until you hear a beep.
To listen to a stored station, select a
band, then press the preset button.
Seek/Skip Buttons
Press to search up and down
the selected band for a
station with a strong signal.
SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to tune the radio
frequency.
AM Button
Press to select a band.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 215 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
216
Features
Use the auto select feature to scan both bands and store the strongest station in
each preset.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Auto Select, then
press .
To turn off auto select, press again. This
restores the presets you originally set.
■Auto Select
1Playing AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
To switch the audio mode, press the SOURCE button
on the steering wheel.
2Audio Remote Controls P. 211
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset button memory. FM1 and FM2 let you
store 6 stations each.
Auto Select function scans and stores up to 6 AM
stations and 12 FM stations with a strong signal into
the preset button memory.
If you do not like the stations auto select has stored,
you can manually store your preferred frequencies.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 216 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
217
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
■RDS information
1. Press the SETUP button and rotate to
select RDS Information.
2. Each time you press , the RDS
Information switches between on and off.
■To find an RDS station from your selected program category
1. Press the / button to display and
select an RDS category.
2. Use Seek/Skip or SCAN to select an RDS
station.
■Radio Data System (RDS)
RDS Category
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 217 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
218
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Features
Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3 or WMA
format. With the CD loaded, press the CD button.
/ Buttons
Press to skip to the
next folder, and to skip to
the beginning of the previous
folder in MP3 or WMA.
SCAN Button
You will get a 10-second
sampling of each song.
●
Press to sample all tracks
on the CD (all files in the
current folder in MP3 or
WMA).
●
Press twice to sample the
first file in each of the main
folders (MP3 or WMA).
●
To turn off scan, press and
hold the button.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.
CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into the
CD slot.
Seek/Skip Buttons
Press or to change
tracks (files in MP3 or WMA).
SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
CD Button
Press to play a CD.
(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 218 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
219
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
1. Press to switch the display to a folder
list.
2. Rotate to select a folder.
3. Press to change the display to a list of
files in that folder.
4. Rotate to select a file, then press .
■How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
(MP3/WMA)
1Playing a CD
NOTICE
Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unsupported, then skips
to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
•When you select a new folder, file, or track.
•When you change the audio mode to CD.
•When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
Folder Selection
Track Selection
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 219 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
220
Features
You can select repeat and random modes when playing a track or file.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
■To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press .
■How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play mode menu items
Normal Play
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current track/file(s).
Repeat One Folder (MP3/WMA): Repeats all files
in the current folder.
Random in Folder (MP3/WMA): Plays all files in
the current folder in random order.
Random All: Plays all tracks/files in random order.
Play Mode
Items
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 220 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
221
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Continued
Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your dock connector to the USB adapter cable, then press
the AUX button.
2USB Adapter Cable
*
P. 207
/ Buttons
Press to go back to the
previous display.
Press to set your selection.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.
Seek/Skip Buttons
Press or to change songs.
SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
AUX Button
Press to select iPod (if connected).
Album Art
USB Indicator
Comes on when an iPod is
connected.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 221 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
222
Features
1. Press to display the iPod menu.
2. Rotate to select a menu.
3. Press to display the items on that menu.
4. Rotate to select an item, then press .
■How to Select a File from the iPod Menu
1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle's audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the i-MID.
2iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 263
iPod Menu
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 222 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
223
uuAudio System Basic Operationu
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a track.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
■To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press .
■How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play mode menu items
Normal Play
Shuffle Off: Turns off the shuffle mode.
Shuffle: Plays all available tracks in a selected list
(playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or
composers) in random order.
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Repeat Off: Turns off the repeat mode.
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current track.
Play Mode
Items
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 223 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
224
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
Features
Playing Internet Radio
Activate Pandora®, and connect the iPhone using your dock connector to the USB
adapter cable, then press the AUX button.
2USB Adapter Cable
*
P. 207
U.S. models
iPhone use only
/ Buttons
Press to the next
station.
Press to the previous
station.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.
Skip Button
Press to skip a song.
SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.
Selector Knob
Press to enter PANDORA MENU.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to select an item, then
press to set your selection.
AUX Button
Press to select iPhone (if connected
when the Pandora® application is
activated).
Album Art
Rating Icon
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 224 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
225
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
You can operate some of the Pandora menu items from your vehicle’s audio system.
The available items are:
•Station List (QuickMix is also available)
•Like
•Dislike
•Resume/Pause
•SKIP
•Bookmark this song
•Bookmark this artist
■Operating a menu item
1. Press to display the PANDORA MENU.
2. Rotate to select a menu.
3. Press to display the items on that menu.
■Pandora® Menu
1Playing Internet Radio
Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that
selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user
enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your iPhone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.
1Pandora® Menu
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle's audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the i-MID.
2Pandora® P. 264
There are restrictions on the number of songs you
can skip or dislike in a given hour.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 225 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
226
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button.
2USB Adapter Cable
*
P. 207
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
/ Buttons
Press to skip to the
next folder, and to skip to
the beginning of the previous
folder.
SCAN Button
You will get a 10-second
sampling of each file.
●
Press to sample all files in
the current folder.
●
Press twice to sample the
first file in each of the main
folders.
●
To turn off scan, press and
hold the button.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.
Seek/Skip Buttons
Press or to change files.
SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to select an item, then
press to set your selection.
AUX Button
Press to select USB flash drive
(if connected).
USB Indicator
Comes on when a USB flash drive
is connected.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 226 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
227
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
1. Press to switch the display to a folder
list.
2. Rotate to select a folder.
3. Press to change the display to a list of
files in that folder.
4. Rotate to select a file, then press .
■How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2General Information on the Audio System
P. 267
Files in WMA format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) are not played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the i-MID.
2iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 263
Folder Selection
Track Selection
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 227 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
228
Features
You can select repeat and random modes when playing a file.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
■To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press .
■How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play mode menu items
Normal Play
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current file.
Repeat One Folder: Repeats all files in the current
folder.
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder
in random order.
Random All: Plays all files in random order.
Play Mode
Items
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 228 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
229
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Continued
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2Phone Setup P. 291
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
•U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
•Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to operate devices
that use data while driving.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the
audio system on
and off.
SETUP Button
Press to display
menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the
volume.
Press to display the
device’s name.
AUX Button
Press to select
Bluetooth® Audio.
Seek/Skip Buttons
Press or to
change files.
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected
to HFL.
Preset 1 Button
Press to switch the
mode between
pause and resume.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 229 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
230
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Press the AUX button.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■To pause or resume a file
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Resume/Pause, then press .
Each time you press , the setting switches between pause and resume.
■To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker's operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
If any audio device is connected to the auxiliary input
jack, you may need to press the AUX button
repeatedly to select the Bluetooth® Audio system.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 230 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
231
Continued
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
(Home) Button: Press to go to the home
screen.
2Switching the Display P. 233
(Menu) Button: Press to select any mode.
The available mode includes Change Source,
Station List, Save Preset, Radio Text,
Music Search, and play modes. Play modes
can be also selected from Scan, Random/
Repeat, and so on.
(Back) Button: Press to go back to the
previous display when it is displayed.
button: Press to change the audio/
information screen brightness.
Press once and select (- or (+ to make
an adjustment.
uEach time you press , the mode
switches between the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and OFF mode.
1Audio System Basic Operation
Audio Menu Items
2Station List P. 240
2Music Search P. 246, 249, 254
2Random/Repeat P. 247, 255
2Scan P. 241, 247, 255
Models with two displays
Button
(Home) Button
(Menu) Button
(Back) Button
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 231 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuAudio System Basic Operationu
232
Features
■How to access the disc slot
Press the (Eject/CLOSE) button to open the
screen.
uThe screen folds back, and the CD slot
appears.
Press the (Eject/CLOSE) button to return
the screen to the upright position.
1How to access the disc slot
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
Do not use the folded down screen as a tray.
You cannot open the screen when the power mode
is in VEHICLE OFF.
(Eject/CLOSE) Button
(Eject/CLOSE) Button
CD Slot
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 232 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
233
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various
setup options.
Press the button to go to the home screen.
Select Phone, Info, Audio, Settings, or Connect.
■Phone
Shows the HFL information.
2Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 284
■Switching the Display
Home screen (Home) Button
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 233 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
234
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■Info
Shows the Trip Computer, Clock/Wallpaper, Voice Info, or System/Device
Information.
■Audio
Shows the current audio information.
■Settings
Enters the customizing menu screen.
2Customized Features P. 271
■Connect Apps
Connects with your smartphone
*1
to play personalized music, information, and
social media streams.
2Smartphone Apps P. 260
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings to go to the settings screen.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Home tab.
5. Select Home Screen Edit Order.
6. Select and hold the icon then, drag it to the
desired position.
*1: Available on specific phones only. Check handsfreelink.honda.com for
compatible phones and hondalink.com for feature details.
■Changing the Home screen icon Layout
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 234 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
235
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
■Import wallpaper
You can import up to five images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB
port.
2USB Port(s)
*
P. 208
2. Select Settings to go to the settings screen.
3. Select Clock/Info.
4. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then the
Wallpaper tab.
5. Select Add New.
uThe picture name is displayed on the list.
6. Select a desired picture.
uThe preview is displayed on the left side
on the screen.
7. Select Start Import to save the data.
uThen the display will return to the
wallpaper list.
■Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
•When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a
folder cannot be imported.
•The file name must be fewer than 256 characters.
•The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
•The individual file size limit is 5 MB.
•The maximum image size is 4,096 x 4,096 pixels. If
the image size is less than 800 x 480 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
•If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 235 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
236
Features
■Select wallpaper
1. Select Settings to go to the settings screen.
2. Select Clock/Info.
3. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then the Wallpaper tab.
uThe screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Select a desired wallpaper.
uThe preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Select Set.
uThe display will return to the wallpaper list.
■Delete wallpaper
1. Select Settings to go to the settings screen.
2. Select Clock/Info.
3. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then the Wallpaper tab.
uThe screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Select a wallpaper that you want to delete.
uThe preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Select Delete.
uThe confirmation message will appear.
6. Select Yes to delete completely.
uThe display will return to the wallpaper list.
1Wallpaper Setup
From the pop-up menu, select Preview to see a
preview at full-size screen.
To go back to the previous screen, select OK, or press
the BACK button.
When the file size is large, it takes a while to be
previewed.
To delete all wallpapers you add, select Delete All,
then Yes.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 236 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
237
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Adjusting the Sound
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select Sound.
Select the tabs to adjust the following choices:
BASS, TREBLE, FADER, BALANCE,
Subwoofer, SVC (Speed-sensitive Volume
Compensation)
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 237 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
238
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings to go to the Settings
screen.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Display tab.
5. Select Display Settings.
6. Select the setting you want.
7. Select OK.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings to go to the Settings
screen.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Display tab.
5. Select Background Color.
6. Select the setting you want.
7. Select OK.
■Changing the Screen Brightness
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black level
settings in the same manner.
■Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 238 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
239
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Continued
Playing AM/FM Radio
*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
VOL (Volume) Buttons
Press to adjust the volume.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
Seek Icons
Select or to search up
and down the selected band for a
station with a strong signal.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
(Menu) Button
Press to display the menu items.
i-MID
Tune Icons
Select or to tune the radio
frequency.
Audio/Information Screen
Scan
Select to scan each station with
a strong signal.
Preset Icons
Tune the radio frequency for preset
memory.
Select and hold the preset icon to
store that station.
Select to display preset 7
onwards.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 239 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
240
Features
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Press the button.
3. Select Save Preset.
4. Select the preset number for the station you want to store.
You can also store a preset station by the following procedure.
1. Select open/close icon to display a channel list.
2. Select Preset tab.
3. Press and hold the preset number for the station you want to store until you hear
a beep.
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
■To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Press the button while listening to an FM station.
2. Select Station List.
3. Select the station.
■Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Press the button while listening to an FM station.
2. Select Station List.
3. Select Refresh.
■Preset Memory
■Radio Data System (RDS)
1Playing AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel or
select SOURCE on the list.
2Audio Remote Controls P. 211
You can also switch the mode by selecting Change
Source on the MENU screen.
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset memory.
1Radio Data System (RDS)
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
automatically turns on, and the frequency display
changes to the station name. However, when the
signals of that station become weak, the display
changes from the station name to the frequency.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 240 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
241
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
■Radio text
Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Press the button.
2. Select View Radio Text.
■Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Scan.
To turn off scan, select Cancel.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 241 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
242
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
Features
Playing SiriusXM® Radio
*
*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
VOL (Volume) Buttons
Press to adjust the volume.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
Channel Icons
Select or to go to the
previous or next channel.
Select and hold a channel icon
can move channels the rapidly.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
(Menu) Button
Press to display the menu items.
i-MID
Category Icons
Select or to display and select
an SiriusXM® Radio category.
Audio/Information Screen
Scan
Select to scan each station with
a strong signal.
Preset Icons
Tune the radio frequency for preset
memory.
Select and hold the preset icon to
store that station.
Select to display preset 7
onwards.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 242 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
243
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
1. Select SiriusXM® mode.
2Audio Remote Controls P. 211
2Audio/Information Screen P. 233
From the Status Mode screen:
2. Select a channel using the or icon.
To select a preset station:
2. Select open/close icon to display a preset channel list.
3. Select a channel from the list.
To switch between channel and category modes:
1. Select SiriusXM® mode.
2. Press the button.
3. Select XM Tune Mode.
4. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.
■To Play SiriusXM® Radio
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
*
In channel mode, all available channels are selectable.
In category mode, you can select a channel within a
category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does
not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).
This does not indicate a problem with your audio
system.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 243 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
244
Features
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Press the button.
3. Select Save Preset.
4. Select the preset number for the station you want to store.
You can also store a preset station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select open/close icon. The preset channel list appears.
3. Select Preset tab.
4. Press and hold the preset number for the station you want to store until you hear
a beep.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Channel List.
3. Select the station.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Scan.
uIn channel mode, all channels are sampled for a few seconds each.
uIn category mode, channels within a category are sampled for a few seconds
each.
3. Select Cancel to stop scanning channels and to continue listening to the sampling
channel.
■Preset Memory
■To Select a Channel from a List
■Scan
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
*
Switching audio mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel or
select SOURCE on the list.
2Audio Remote Controls P. 211
You can also switch the mode by selecting Change
Source on the MENU screen.
You can store 12 SiriusXM® stations into the preset
memory.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 244 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
245
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Continued
Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs, and CD-RWs in either MP3 or WMA,
or AAC
*1
format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
*2:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
ᵎᵏᴾᵤᶍᶊᶂᶃᶐᴾᵟᵟᵟ
ᵎᵏᴾᵤᶇᶊᶃᴾᵟᵟᵟ
ᵟᶐᶒᶇᶑᶒᴾᵟᵟᵟ ᵟᶊᶀᶓᶋᴾᵟᵟᵟ
VOL (Volume) Buttons
Press to adjust the volume.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
Track Icons
Select or to change
tracks (files in MP3, WMA, or AAC).
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a track.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Open/Close Icon
*2
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
(Menu) Button
Press to display the menu items.
i-MID
(Eject/CLOSE) Button
Press to eject a CD.
Audio/Information Screen
Folder Icons
Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the
beginning of the previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 245 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
246
Features
1. Press the button and select Music
Search.
2. Select a folder.
3. Select a track.
■How to Select a File from the Music Search List (MP3/WMA/
AAC)
1Playing a CD
NOTICE
Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, then
skips to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
•When you select a new folder, file, or track.
•When you change the audio mode to CD.
•When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
Track Selection
Folder Selection
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 246 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
247
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Scan or Random/Repeat.
3. Select a mode.
■To turn off a play mode
1. Press the button.
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides 10-
second sampling of the first file in each of the main
folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all
tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3,
WMA, or AAC).
Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files
in the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file.
Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files
in the current folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random
order.
Random/Repeat is selected.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 247 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
248
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your dock connector to the USB port, then select the iPod
mode.
2USB Port(s)
*
P. 208
*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
VOL (Volume) Buttons
Press to adjust the volume.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display. Song Icons
Select or to change
songs.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a song.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
(Menu) Button
Press to display the menu items.
i-MID
Cover Art
Audio/Information Screen
USB Indicator
Appears when an iPod is connected.
USB Indicator
Appears when an iPod is connected.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 248 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
249
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
1. Press the button and select Music
Search.
2. Select the items on that menu.
■How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
Functions may vary by model or version. Some audio
system functions may not be available.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 263
If you operate the music app on your iPhone/iPod
while the phone is connected to the display audio
system, you may no longer be able to operate the
same app on the display audio. Reconnect the device
if necessary.
iPod will only play through the USB cable, you cannot
play the iPod through the HondaLink Cable.
Song Selection
Folder Selection
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 249 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
250
Features
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Shuffle/Repeat.
3. Select a mode.
■To turn off a play mode
1. Press the button.
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Repeat Song: Repeats the current file.
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 250 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
251
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
Continued
Playing Internet Radio
Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth®.
2Phone Setup P. 320
You can also connect the phone using your dock connector to the USB port. Select
Source to select Pandora mode.
*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
U.S. models
Compatible phones only
1Playing Internet Radio
Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
is currently available exclusively in the United States.
To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528-7876
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
Pandora on the iPhone will only play through the USB
cable or Bluetooth® Audio, you cannot play Pandora®
through the HondaLink Cable.
iPhone only
Audio/Information
Screen
Cover Art
VOL (Volume)
Buttons
Press to adjust
the volume.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the
previous display.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the
audio system on
and off.
(Menu) Button
Press to display the
menu items.
Play/Pause Icon
Select to resume or
play a song.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the
detailed
information.
Station Up/Down Icons
Select to change a station.
Like/Dislike Icons
Select to evaluate a
song.
i-MID
Skip Icon
Select to skip a song.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 251 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
252
Features
You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio
system. The available items are:
•Bookmark
•Station List
•New Station
•Change Source
•Sound
■Operating a menu item
1. Press the button.
2. Select an item.
■Pandora® Menu
1Playing Internet Radio
Pandora® is free, personalized radio that plays music
and comedy you’ll love. Just start with the name of
one of your favorite artists, songs, comedians or
composers and Pandora® will create a custom station
that plays similar tracks. Pandora® also features
hundreds of genre stations ranging from Dubstep to
Smooth Jazz to Power Workout.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.
Changing Stations
To change stations, activate the Pandora® menu,
select Station List, and then select a new station.
1Pandora® Menu
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2Pandora® P. 264
Pandora® may limit the total number of skips allowed
on the service. If you dislike a track after the skip limit
has been reached, your feedback will be saved but
the current track will continue to play.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 252 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
253
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Continued
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2USB Port(s)
*
P. 208
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
*2:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
VOL (Volume) Buttons
Press to adjust the volume.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display. Track Icons
Select or to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a track.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Open/Close Icon
*2
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
(Menu) Button
Press to display the menu items.
i-MID
Folder Icons
Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip
to the beginning of the previous folder.
Audio/Information Screen
USB Indicator
Appears when a USB flash drive is
connected.
USB Indicator
Appears when a USB flash drive
is connected.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 253 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
254
Features
1. Press the button and select Music
Search.
2. Select a folder.
3. Select a track.
■How to Select a File from the Music Research List
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2General Information on the Audio System
P. 267
Files in WMA format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) are not played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 263
Track Selection
Folder Selection
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 254 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
255
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Scan or Random/Repeat.
3. Select a mode.
■To turn off a play mode
1. Press the button.
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling of the
first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all files
in the current folder.
Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current
folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.
Random/Repeat is selected.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 255 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
256
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2Phone Setup P. 320
*1:Depending on the Bluetooth device you connect, some or all of the lists may not
be displayed.
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
•U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528-7876.
•Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to operate devices
that use data while driving.
Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.
When there are more than two paired phones in the
vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is
automatically linked.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there may be a delay before the system begins to play.
In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track
may not appear correctly.
A NO CONNECT message may be displayed if:
•The phone is not linked to HFL.
•The phone is not turned on.
•The phone is not in the vehicle.
•An incompatible phone is connected.
The following functions may not be available on
some devices:
•Pause function
•Group selection
Audio/Information
Screen
VOL (Volume)
Buttons
Press to adjust
the volume.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to
the previous
display.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the
audio system on
and off.
(Menu) Button
Press to display the
menu items.
Group Icons
Select or to
change group.
Pause Icon
Play Icon
ᵟᶐᶒᶇᶑᶒᴾᵟᵟᵟ
ᵟᶊᶀᶓᶋᴾᵟᵟᵟ
ᵎᵏᴾᵤᶇᶊᶃᴾᵟᵟᵟ
ᵮᶆᶍᶌᶃᴾᵟᵟᵟ
▲
▲
i-MID
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected
to HFL.
Track Icons
Select or
to change tracks.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the
detailed
information.
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected
to HFL.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 256 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
257
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Press the Bluetooth® Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■To pause or resume a file
Select the play icon or pause icon.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Music Search.
3. Select a search category (e.g., Albums).
4. Select an item.
uThe selection begins playing.
■To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker's operating
instructions.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
▲
▲
■Searching for Music
1Searching for Music
Depending on the Bluetooth device you connect,
some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 257 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
258
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a Video Using the HDMI®
Features
Playing a Video Using the HDMI®
Your audio system allows you to play videos from an HDMI®-compatible device.
Connect the device, using an HDMI® cable, then select the HDMI® mode.
2HDMI® Port
*
P. 209
Audio/Information Screen
VOL (Volume) Buttons
Press to adjust the volume.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
(Menu) Button
Press to display the menu items.
i-MID
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 258 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
259
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a Video Using the HDMI®
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings to go to the Settings
screen.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select Aspect Ratio Adjustment.
5. Select the setting you want.
6. Select OK.
■Changing the Screen Aspect
1Playing a Video Using the HDMI®
This feature is limited while driving. To play videos,
stop your vehicle and apply the parking brake.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 259 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
260
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSmartphone Apps
Features
Smartphone Apps
You can connect a compatible smartphone to the system to enable integration
between the smartphone’s approved apps and the vehicle. This allows you to
control the phone through the vehicle display. To check smart phone compatibility,
download the HondaLink app, and view connection instructions, visit
handsfreelink.honda.com. For the latest apps and feature details, check
hondalink.com.
1Smartphone Apps
Park in a safe place before connecting your phone
and while operating the displayed apps.
Not all phones and apps are compatible with the
system. The system does not display all the available
apps on smartphone, and some apps need to be
preinstalled. Ask a dealer for details.
You need to switch the Bluetooth connection to your
smartphone if another electronic device is connected.
2Changing the currently paired phone
P. 321
The following may vary by phone type:
•Connection methods.
•How to connect a smartphone to the system.
•Apps that can be operated on the screen.
•Display response time/update time.
We do not support every app operation on the
display audio.
Ask the app provider for any questions on the app’s
features.
(Back) Button
Select to go back to the previous display.
(Not available on all phones.)
(Home) Button
Select to go back to
home screen or to
a previous display.
Microphones
Audio/Information
Screen
i-MID
Arrow
Appears when the
phone is connected
to the system.
Select to display
available apps.
(Menu) Button
Select to display the menu on the app you
selected. (Not available on all apps.)
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 260 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
261
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free
Siri Eyes Free
You can talk to Siri using the Talk button on the steering wheel when your iPhone is
paired to Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
2Phone Setup P. 320
■Using Eyes Free
1Siri Eyes Free
Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for
Siri.
When operating the vehicle, only use Siri through the
Talk button.
1Using Eyes Free
Some commands work only on specific phone
features or apps.
(Hang-up/back) button:
Press to deactivate Siri.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold until the display changes as shown.
Appears
when Siri is
activated in
Eyes Free
While in Eyes Free:
The display remains the same.
No feedback or commands
appear.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 261 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
262
Features
Audio Error Messages
CD Player
If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
*1:Models with two displays
*2:Models with one display
Error Message Cause Solution
Heat Error High temperature
●
Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.
Unplayable File
*1
UNPLAYABLE/Unsupported
*2
Track/file format not supported
●
Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file
plays automatically.
Bad Disc
Please Check Owners
Manual
Push Eject Mechanical error
●
Press the (eject)
*1
/ (eject/CLOSE)
*2
button and remove the
disc, and check that the error message is cleared.
●
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
disc again.
2Protecting CDs P. 269
●
If the error message reappears, press the (eject)
*1
/ (eject/
CLOSE)
*2
button, and pull out the disc.
●
Insert a different disc.
If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.
●
If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,
contact a dealer.
Do not try to force the disc out of the player.
Mecha Error
Bad Disc
Please Check Owners
Manual
Servo error
Check Disc Disc error
●
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.
2Protecting CDs P. 269
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 262 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
263
uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive
iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
*1:Models with two displays
*2:Models with one display
Error Message Solution
USB Error Appears when there is a problem with the USB adapter unit. Check if the device is compatible with
the USB adapter unit.
The connected USB device has a
problem.
See Owner’s Manual
*1
Bad USB Device
Please Check Owners Manual.
*2
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio
system off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
No Song
*2
Appears when the iPod is empty. Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported Version
*1
Unsupported Ver
*2
Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is
connected, update the iPod software to the newer version.
Connect Retry
*1
Retry Connection
*2
Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.
Unplayable File Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This error
message appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next song.
No Data
Appears when the iPod is empty. Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB
flash drive. Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is
connected, reconnect the device.
iPod
*1
USB flash drive
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 263 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
264
uuAudio Error Messagesu
Features
Pandora®
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
PANDORA No Station Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device to create a station.
PANDORA Unsupported Ver. Appears when Pandora version is not supported. Please update the device application.
PANDORA No Service Appears when Pandora is performing system maintenance. Try again later.
PANDORA Check Device Appears when Pandora is unable to play music. Check your device.
Pandora Loading Appears when Pandora is loading.
U.S. models
Models with one display
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 264 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
265
uuAudio Error Messages uPandora®
Continued
Error Message Solution
The maximum number of stations that can be created is 100.
To create more, please delete one or more previously created
stations.
●
Appears when the number of stations that can be created is
exceeded. Follow the message.
Unable to create new station. Please try again.
●
Appears when the commanded operation is failed. Try again
later.
Unable to play Pandora. Please try again later.
Unable to save bookmark.
This Pandora station is currently not available. Please select
another station.
●
Appears when the station you selected is not available. Change a
station, or try again later.
Unable to play Pandora. When stopped, log-in to Pandora.
●
Appears when you have not logged into Pandora®. Follow the
message.
Unable to connect to Pandora. When stopped, check your
mobile phone.
●
Appears when failed to connect. Check your device and try again.
Unable to play Pandora. Please try again later.
Connect Retry
Models with two displays
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 265 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
266
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
Features
Error Message Solution
Unsupported
●
Appears when the device is not supported. Use another device.
Unsupported Version
●
Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update
Pandora® to the latest version.
Pandora App version is not supported
Unable to connect to the phone.
Please make sure the phone’s Bluetooth setting is ON and try
again.
●
Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check the
Bluetooth status on your device.
No Data
●
Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.
Reboot the app and reconnect the device.
The connected USB device has a problem.
See Owner’s Manual
●
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do
not reconnect the device that caused the error.
No station list on device.
Use device to create station.
●
Appears when there is no station list on the device. Create one on
your device.
No Stations stored in Pandora App
●
Appears when there is no station on app. Store some.
The maximum number of tracks that can be skipped per hour
has been reached.
●
Appears when you try to skip a song or select Dislike over the
predetermined number of times in an hour.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 266 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
267
General Information on the Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio Service
*
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in
the display: Select Channel List.
2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the
SiriusXM® website to subscribe.
Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by using the SOURCE button on the steering wheel,
or through the audio/information screen, and stay in this mode for about 30
minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with
good reception.
Loading:
SiriusXM® is loading the audio or program information.
Channel off air:
The channel is not currently broadcasting.
Channel unauthorized:
SiriusXM® radio is receiving information update from the network.
No Signal:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Channel unavailable:
No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or
title information is unavailable.
Check antenna:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact a dealer.
■Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
■Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
■SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages
1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:
US: SiriusXM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com or 1-800-
852-9696
Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at www.xmradio.ca, or
1-877-209-0079
1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
•In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
•In tunnels
•On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
•Large items carried on the roof rack
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 267 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
268
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs
Features
Recommended CDs
•Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use.
•Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed.
•Play only standard round-shaped CDs.
•Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
•Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC
*
formats may be unsupported.
1Recommended CDs
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded
under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not
play either.
■CDs with MP3, WMA, or AAC
*
files
The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 268 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
269
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs
■Protecting CDs
Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs:
•Store a CD in its case when it is not being played.
•When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge.
•Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface.
•Never insert foreign objects into the CD player.
•Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat.
•Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD.
•Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.
1Protecting CDs
NOTICE
Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside
and damage the audio unit.
Examples:
●
Damaged CDs
Bubbled/
Wrinkled
With Label/
Sticker
Using
Printer Label
Kit
Sealed With Plastic Ring
●
Poor quality
CDs
Chipped/
Cracked
Warped Burrs
●
Small CDs
3-inch
(8-cm)
CD
●
Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and
excessively thick CDs
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 269 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
270
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone and USB Flash Drives
Features
Compatible iPod, iPhone and USB Flash Drives
*1:Models with display audio system
•Use a recommended USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher.
•Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
•Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
•Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
•Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.
■iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model
iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80/160 GB (launched in 2007)
iPod classic 120 GB (launched in 2008)
iPod classic 160 GB (launched in 2009)
iPod nano (1st to 6th generation) launch in 2010
iPod nano (7th generation) launch in 2012
*1
iPod touch (1st to 4th generation) launch in 2010
iPod touch (5th generation) launch in 2012
*1
iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone5
*1
■USB Flash Drives
1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 270 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
271
Continued
Customized Features
■How to customize
While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the power mode in ON, select Settings,
then select a setting item.
1Customized Features
See the Navigation System Manual for information of
the customized features.
When you customize settings:
•Make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop.
•Shift to (P.
Models with navigation system
1How to customize
To customize other features, select Settings.
2List of customizable options P. 275
Models with two displays
Audio/Information Screen
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 271 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
272
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■Customization Flow
Models with two displays
Press the button.
Select Settings.
Home Home Screen Edit Order
Background Color
Display Display Settings Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Beep Volume
Sound/Beep Volume
Volume
Voice Recog. Voice Prompt
Automatic Phone Sync
Phonebook Phonetic Modification
Default
Factory Data Reset
Clock Format
Clock Clock/Wallpaper Type Clock
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Clock Display
Clock Location
Clock Reset
Keyboard Layout
Others Language
Remember Last Screen
Voice Command Tips
System
Compass Setting
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 272 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
273
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
*1:May change depending on your currently selected source.
Sound
Color
Tint
Audio
Audio Source Pop-Up
[Your selected media] Cover Art
*1
Color
Display Adjustment
*1
Display Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Aspect Ratio Adjustment
*1
Bluetooth Device List
*1
Change Bluetooth Audio Device
*1
Default
RDS INFO
*1
Clock Format
Clock Clock/Wallpaper Type Clock
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Clock Display
Clock Location
Clock Reset
Default
Info Info Screen Preference
Clock/Info
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 273 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
274
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Edit Speed Dial
Phone Connect Phone
Bluetooth Device List
Ring Tone
Automatic Phone Sync
HondaLink Assist
Phone
Default
Text/Email Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Message Notification
Reference Line
LaneWatch
*
Show with Turn Signal
Display Time after Turn Signal Off
Default
Camera
Default
Rear Camera Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline
Default
Bluetooth On/Off Status
Bluetooth Device List
Edit Pairing Code
Bluetooth
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 274 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
275
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
■List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Home Home Screen Edit Order
Changes the home screen icon layout.
2Changing the Home screen icon Layout
P. 234
—
Display
Display
Settings
Brightness Changes the brightness of the audio/
information screen. —
Contrast Changes the contrast of the audio/
information screen. —
Black Level Changes the black level of the audio/
information screen. —
Background Color Changes the background color of the audio/
information screen. Blue
*1
/Amber/Red/Violet
Sound/
Beep
Volume Changes the sound volume. 0-6
*1
-11
Beep Volume Changes the beep volume. Off/1/2
*1
/3
Voice
Recog.
Voice Prompt Turns the voice prompt on and off. On
*1
/Off
Volume Changes the volume of the voice prompt. 0-6
*1
-11
Phonebook Phonetic
Modification
Modifies a voice command for the
phonebook. —
Automatic Phone Sync Sets a phonebook data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL. On/Off
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Voice Recog. group as default. Default/OK
Models with two displays
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 275 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
276
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
Clock Changes the clock display type. Analog/Digital
*1
/Small
Digital/Off
Wallpaper
●
Changes the wallpaper type.
●
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
●
Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.
2Wallpaper Setup P. 235
Blank/Galaxy
*1
/Metallic
Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock.
2Clock P. 128 —
Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to
24H. 12H
*1
/24H
Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on. On/Off
*1
Clock Location Changes the clock display layout. Upper Right
*1
/Upper Left/
Lower Right/Lower Left/Off
Clock Reset Cancels/Resets all customized items for clock
display as default. Yes/No
Others
Language Changes the display language. English
*1
/Français/Español
Keyboard Layout Selects the on-screen keyboard type. Alphabet/QWERTY
*1
Voice Command Tips
Alerts you when manual control of the system
is disabled to prevent distraction while driving.
Only voice commands are available.
On
*1
/Off
Remember Last Screen Selects whether the device remembers the last
screen. On/Off
*1
Factory Data Reset Resets all the settings to their factory default.
2Defaulting All the Settings P. 281 Yes/No
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 276 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
277
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Compass
Setting
Calibrates the compass setting.
2Compass P. 342 —
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
System group as default. Yes/No
Audio
Sound
Adjusts the settings of the audio speaker’s
sound
2Adjusting the Sound P. 237
-6 ~ 0
*1
~ +6 (BASS, TREBLE
and Subwoofer),　
RR9~0
*1
~FR9 (FADER),
L9~0
*1
~R9 (BALANCE), Off/
Low/Mid
*1
/High (SVC)
Audio Source Pop-Up
Selects whether the list of selectable audio
sources comes on or not when Audio is
selected on the home screen.
On/Off
*1
RDS INFO Turns on and off the RDS information. On/Off
*1
[Your selected media]
Cover Art
Turns on and off the cover art display. On
*1
/Off
Display
Adjustment
Display
Brightness
2System P. 275
Contrast
Black Level
Color
Color Changes the color of the audio/information
screen. —
Tint Changes the tint of the audio/information
screen. —
FM mode
iPod, Pandora, USB or CD mode
HDMI® mode
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 277 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
278
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
Aspect Ratio Adjustment
Changes the aspect ratio and zoom settings of
the audio/information screen. Normal/Full
*1
/Zoom
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone.
2Phone Setup P. 320
—
Change Bluetooth Audio Device
Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth®
Audio device to HFL. —
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Audio group as default. Yes/No
Clock/Info
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
type
Clock
2System P. 275
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Clock Display
Clock Location
Clock Reset
Info Info Screen Preference Changes the Info Screen type. Info Top/Info Menu/Off
*1
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Info group as default. Yes/No
HDMI® mode
iPod, Pandora or Bluetooth® Audio mode
iPod, Pandora or Bluetooth® Audio mode
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 278 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
279
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Phone
Connect Phone
Pairs a new phone to HFL, connects or
disconnects a paired phone.
2Phone Setup P. 320
—
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone.
2Phone Setup P. 320
—
Edit Speed Dial Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
2Speed Dial P. 328 —
Ring Tone Selects the ring tone. Fixed/Mobile Phone
*1
Automatic Phone Sync Sets a phonebook data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL. On/Off
HondaLink Assist Turns HondaLink Assist on and off. On/Off
*1
Text/Email
Enable Text/Email Turns the text/e-mail message function on and
off. On
*1
/Off
Select Account Selects a mail or text message account. —
New Message
Notification
Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the
screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail
message.
On/Off
*1
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Phone and Text/Email group as default. Yes/No
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 279 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
280
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Camera
Rear
Camera
Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on
the rear camera monitor. On
*1
/Off
Dynamic Guideline Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come
on the rear camera monitor. On
*1
/Off
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Rear Camera group as default. Yes/No
LaneWatch
*
Show with Turn Signal
Selects whether the LaneWatch display comes
on when you move the turn signal lever to the
passenger side.
On
*1
/Off
Display Time after Turn
Signal Off
Changes the length of time the LaneWatch
display stays on after you pull the turn signal
lever back.
0 second
*1
/2 seconds
Reference Lines Selects whether the reference lines come on
the LaneWatch monitor. On
*1
/Off
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
LaneWatch group as default. Yes/No
Bluetooth
Bluetooth On/Off Status Changes the Bluetooth® status. On
*1
/Off
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone, or creates a security PIN.
2Phone Setup P. 320
—
Edit Pairing Code Edits Pairing Code.
2To change the pairing code setting P. 322 Random/Fixed
*1
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Bluetooth group as default. Yes/No
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 280 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
281
uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings
Defaulting All the Settings
Reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
uRepeat the procedure to select Others
tab, then Factory Data Reset.
uThe confirmation message will appear.
4. Select Yes to reset the settings.
5. Select Yes again to reset the settings.
uThe confirmation message will appear.
Select OK.
1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
all settings to default and delete all personal data.
The following settings will be reset:
•Audio preset settings
•Phonebook entries
•Other display and personal settings.
Models with two displays
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 281 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
282
Features
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three
remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or
home security systems.
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that
the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety
information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the
way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s
path.
Training HomeLink
If you have not trained any of the buttons in
HomeLink before, you should erase any
previously learned codes. To do this:
•Press and hold the two outside buttons for
about 20 seconds, until the red indicator
blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to
step 1.
•If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.
■Important Safety Precautions
1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex
Corporation.
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage
door opener, confirm that the opener has an external
entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic
eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it
does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
Red Indicator
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 282 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
283
uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
uTraining HomeLink
■Training a Button
1Training a Button
Retraining a Button
If you want to retrain a programmed button for a
new device, you do not have to erase all button
memory. You can replace the existing memory code
using this procedure:
Erasing Codes
To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside
buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink
(about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes
before selling the vehicle.
If you have any problems, see the device’s
instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call
HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515.
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button
until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.
2. Continue to hold the HomeLink button and
follow steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.”
Indicator remains on
for about 25 secs.
Standard transmitter
Indicator blinks rapidly for
2 secs, then remains on for
about 23 secs.
Rolling code transmitter
4.
a.
3.
2.
5. a.
b.
1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the
HomeLink button you want to program.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the button on
the remote transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED)
blink after 10 secs?
Press and hold the
programmed HomeLink
button for about a sec.
Does the device (garage
door opener) work?
Press and hold the remote and the HomeLink
button at the same time. Then, while
continuing to hold the HomeLink button,
press and release the button on the remote
every 2 secs.
Does the LED blink within 20 secs?
Training
Complete
Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
Press and hold the HomeLink
button again.
The remote-controlled device
should operate.
Training Complete
The remote has a rolling code. Press the
“learn” button on the remote-controlled
device (e.g. garage door opener).
Within 30 secs, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.
HomeLink indicator blinks for 2 secs,
then remains on.
HomeLink LED
is on.
YES NO
YES
YES NO NO
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 283 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
284
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
See the Navigation System Manual for how to operate the Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle's audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen or to answer an
incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call or to cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag.
PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen.
Selector knob: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press .
■HFL Buttons
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
•U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528-7876.
•Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
Voice control tips
•Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
•Press and release the button when you want to
call a number using a stored voice tag. Speak
clearly and naturally after a beep.
•If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
•To change the volume level, use the audio system's
volume knob or the remote audio controls on the
steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
If you receive a call while using the audio system, the
system resumes its operation after ending the call.
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Models with one display
Talk Button
Volume up Microphone
Hang-up/Back Button
Pick-up
Button
Volume down
PHONE
Button
Selector Knob
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 284 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
285
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
The i-MID notifies you when there is an
incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or
inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You
cannot select a grayed-out option until the
vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries can
be called using voice commands while the
vehicle is in motion.
2Speed Dial P. 301
■HFL Status Display
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
Signal Strength
HFL Mode
Battery Level Status
Roam Status
Call Name
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your phone
is connected to HFL.
■Limitations for Manual Operation
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the i-MID varies
between phone models.
You can change the system language to English,
French, or Spanish.
2Customized Features P. 114
Disabled Option
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 285 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
286
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
HFL Menus
The ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w to use HFL.
*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Models with one display
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
Display your speed dial entry lists.
(up to 15 entries per paired phone)
Display the last 20
outgoing calls.
Display the last 20
incoming calls.
Display the last 20
missed calls.
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
Enter a phone number to dial.
Phone
Speed Dial
*1
Call History
*1
PHONE or
Phonebook
*1
Dial
*1
Dialed Calls
Received Calls
Missed Calls
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 286 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
287
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
System reads received message aloud, or
stop message from being read.
Reply to a received message using one
of six fixed phrases.
Make a call to the sender.
See an entire received message (if more
than three lines of text).
Redial
*1
Text Message Read/Stop reading
Reply
Call
Display Message
Select a message and .
The message is
read aloud
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 287 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
288
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Pair a phone to the system
Connect a phone to the system.
Disconnect a paired phone from the system.
Delete a previously paired phone.
Create a code for a paired phone.
Connection
Phone Setup Add a New Phone
Connect a Phone
Disconnect Phone
Delete a Phone
Pairing Code
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 288 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
289
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Select a phone number from the
phonebook to store as a speed dial number.
Add New
Existing entry list
Select a phone number from the call history
to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
Change a previously stored speed dial
number.
Delete a previously stored speed dial
number.
Create a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Change a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Delete a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Speed Dial
*1
Phonebook
Call History
Phone Number
Change Speed Dial
Delete Speed Dial
Store Voice Tag
Delete Voice Tag
Change Voice Tag
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 289 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
290
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you
enter the vehicle.
Prioritize the caller’s name as the caller ID.
Prioritize the caller’s phone number as the
caller ID.
Create a security PIN for a paired phone.
Turn incoming text message notifications on or off.
Text Message Notice
Auto Transfer
Caller ID Info
Passcode
*1
Name Priority
Number Priority
Clear the system of all paired phones, phonebook entries, and security
codes.
System Clear
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 290 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
291
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■To pair a cell phone (No phone has
been paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
uHFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
uIf your phone doesn’t appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a four-digit pairing code to
input on your phone.
When your phone prompts you, input the
four-digit pairing code.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
■Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
•You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
•Up to six phones can be paired.
•Your phone's battery may drain faster when it is
connected to HFL.
•If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 291 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
292
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■To pair a cell phone (when a phone has
already been paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
uIf a prompt appears asking to connect to
a phone, select No and proceed with
step 2.
3. Rotate to select Connection, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Add a New Phone,
then press .
uThe screen changes to Select Location.
5. Rotate to select Empty, then press .
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 292 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
293
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
6. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
uHFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
7. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
uIf your phone doesn’t appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
8. HFL gives you a four-digit pairing code to
input on your phone.
When your phone prompts you, input the
four-digit pairing code.
9. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 293 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
294
Features
■To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Connection, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Pairing Code, then
press .
5. Rotate to select Fixed or Random, then
press .
1To change the pairing code setting
The default pairing code is “0000” until you change
the setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 294 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
295
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
■To delete a paired phone
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select
Connection, then Delete a Phone.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .
4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
uA notification appears if the deletion is
successful.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 295 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
296
Features
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Message Notice, then
press .
4. Rotate to select a mode you want, then
press .
■To Set Up a Text Message Notice Option
1To Set Up a Text Message Notice Option
ON: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new text message.
OFF: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 296 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
297
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select
Passcode.
3. Select a phone you want to add a security
PIN to.
uRotate to select a phone you want to
add a security PIN to, then press .
4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen.
uRotate to select Yes, then press .
5. Enter a new four-digit number.
uRotate to select, then press . Press
to delete. Press to enter the
security PIN.
6. Re-enter the four-digit number.
uThe screen returns to the screen in step
2.
■To Create a Security PIN
1To Create a Security PIN
In the phone is already security PIN protected, you
need to enter the current security PIN before clearing
the PIN or creating a new one.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 297 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
298
Features
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Auto
Transfer.
3. Rotate to select On, then press .
4. A notification appears on the screen if the
change is successful.
You can select a caller’s information to be displayed when you have an incoming
call.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Caller ID
Info.
3. Rotate to select a mode you want, then
press .
4. A notification appears on the screen if the
change is successful.
■Automatic Transferring
■Caller’s ID Information
1Caller’s ID Information
Name Priority mode: A caller’s name is displayed if it
is stored in the phonebook.
Number Priority mode: A caller’s phone number is
displayed.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 298 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
299
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Security codes, paired phones, all stored voice tags, all speed dial entries, and all
imported phonebook data are erased.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select System
Clear.
3. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to finish.
■To Clear the System
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 299 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
300
Features
When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are
automatically imported to HFL.
■Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
If a name has four or more numbers, ∙∙∙ appears
instead of category icons.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Pref
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Car
Fax
Message
Other
Voice
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 300 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
301
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Up to 15 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial, then Add New.
3. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
By Phonebook:
uSelect a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
By Call History:
uSelect a number from the call history.
By Phone Number:
uInput the number manually.
4. When the speed dial is successfully stored,
you are asked to create a voice tag for the
number. Rotate to select Yes or No,
then press .
5. Using the button, follow the prompts to
say the name for the speed dial entry.
■Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
You can use the audio preset buttons during a call to
store a speed dial number:
1. Press and hold the desired audio preset button
during a call.
2. The contact information for the active call will be
stored for the corresponding speed dial.
When a voice tag is stored, you can press the
button and call the number using voice commands.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 301 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
302
Features
■To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
4. Rotate to select Store Voice Tag, then
press .
5. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
■To delete a voice tag
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
4. Rotate to select Delete Voice Tag,
then press .
uA confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 302 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
303
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■To delete a speed dial number
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
4. Rotate to select Delete Speed Dial,
then press .
uA confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.
■Making a Call
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 303 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
304
Features
■To make a call using the imported
phonebook
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook are automatically imported to
HFL.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phonebook, then press
.
3. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Rotate to select the initial, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a name, then press .
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
uDialing starts automatically.
■To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Dial, then press .
3. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
4. Rotate to select , then press .
uDialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2Limitations for Manual Operation P. 285
2Speed Dial P. 301
1To make a call using a phone number
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2Limitations for Manual Operation P. 285
2Speed Dial P. 301
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 304 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
305
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■To make a call using redial
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Redial, then press .
uDialing starts automatically.
■To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by Dialed Calls,
Received Calls, and Missed Calls.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Call History, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Dialed Calls, Received
Calls, or Missed Calls, then press .
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
uDialing starts automatically.
■To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
uDialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the call history
The call history appears only when a phone is
connected to HFL, and displays the last 20 dialed,
received, or missed calls.
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
On the Phone screen, the first six speed dials on the
list can be directly selected by pressing the
corresponding audio preset buttons (1-6).
Select More Speed Dial Lists to view another paired
phone’s speed dial list.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button and
call the number using voice commands.
2Speed Dial P. 301
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 305 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
306
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming Call screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the call.
■Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer
it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
HFL Mode Caller Name
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 306 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
307
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
The following options are available during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer Call: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-
driven phone system.
1. To view the available options, press the
PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select the option, then press
.
uThe check box is checked when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 307 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
308
Features
HFL can display newly received text messages as well as 20 of the most recently
received messages on a connected cell phone. Each received message can be read
aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text message.
2. Rotate to select Yes to listen to the
message, then press .
uThe text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, press
the button.
■Receiving a Text Message
1Receiving a Text Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text messages.
Only the first three lines of the received message are
displayed with this option.
2Displaying an entire message P. 312
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 308 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
309
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
uThe text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
■Displaying Messages
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
Only the first three lines of the received message are
displayed with this option.
2Displaying an entire message P. 312
If you delete a message on the phone, the message
disappears from the system. If you send a message
from the system, the message goes to your phone.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 309 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
310
Features
■Using the stop reading or read option
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
uThe text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
4. Press to enter Text Message Menu.
5. Rotate to select Stop Reading or Read,
then press .
1Using the stop reading or read option
This option changes to:
•Stop Reading while the text message is read out.
Select this option to discontinue the message read-
out.
•Read when you go to the Text Message menu, or
after you selected Stop Reading. Select this option
to hear the system reading out the selected
message.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 310 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
311
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■Reply to a message
You can reply to a message using one of the
six common phrases available in the system.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
uThe text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
4. Press to enter the Text Message
Menu.
5. Rotate to select Reply, then press .
6. Rotate to select the reply message, then
press .
7. The reply message you selected is displayed.
Select Yes to send the message.
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
•Talk to you later, I'm driving.
•I am on my way.
•I'm running late.
•OK
•Yes
•No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
After you reply, the following is displayed:
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 311 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
312
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■Making a call to a sender
You can call the text message sender.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select to Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
uThe text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu.
5. Rotate to select Call, then press .
uHFL begins dialing.
■Displaying an entire message
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select to Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
uThe text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
4. Press to enter the Text Message
Menu.
5. Rotate to select Display Message,
then press .
6. Rotate to scroll down and display the
entire message.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 312 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
313
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
Continued
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen, or to answer an
incoming call.
(Hang-up/Back) button: Press to end a call, go back to the previous
command, or to cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag, a phonebook,
name, or a number.
MENU button: Press and hold to display Speed Dial, Call History, or Redial on
the Phone screen.
/ button: Press to select an item displayed on the Phone screen.
SOURCE button: Press to call a number listed in the selected item on the Phone
screen.
■HFL Buttons
Models with two displays
1Using HFL
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
•U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528 -7876.
•Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
To use HFL, the Bluetooth On/Off Status setting
must be in On.
2Customized Features P. 271
Voice control tips
•Press the button when you want to call a
number using a stored voice tag, a phonebook,
name or a number. Speak clearly and naturally
after a beep.
•If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
•To change the volume level, use the audio system's
VOL (Volume) or use the remote audio controls on
the steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
Up to six speed dial entries can be displayed among a
total of 20 that can be entered. If there is no entries
in the system, Speed Dial is disabled.
2Speed Dial P. 301
Microphones
(Pick-up) Button
(Hang-up/Back) Button
Volume up
(Talk) Button
MENU Button
Volume down
SOURCE Button
/ Buttons
(Menu) Button
(Home) Button
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 313 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
314
Features
To go to the Phone menu screen:
1. Press the button.
2. Select Phone to switch the display to the Phone screen.
3. Press the button.
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phone book names, or
numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion.
2Speed Dial P. 301
■HFL Status Display
1Using HFL
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
You can change the system language to English,
French, or Spanish.
2Customized Features P. 271
HFL Mode
Battery Level Status
Signal Strength
Bluetooth Indicator
Comes on when your
phone is connected to HFL.
Caller’s Name
Caller’s Number
■Limitations for Manual Operation
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 314 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
315
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use the system.
■Phone settings screen
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Phone.
*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Models with two displays
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible mobile phone to the system while the
vehicle is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
Phone Connect Phone
*1
Add Bluetooth Device
(Existing entry list)
*1
(Existing entry list)
Disconnect
Edit Device Name
Add Bluetooth Device
Bluetooth Device List
Delete This Device
Pair a phone to the system.
Connect a phone to the system.
Disconnect a paired phone from the system.
Edit a previously paired
phone name.
Pair a phone to the system.
Delete a previously paired
phone.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 315 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
316
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Edit Speed Dial
*1
New Entry
Delete All
Automatic Phone Sync
*1
Manual Input
HondaLink Assist
*1
Ring Tone
Import from Call History
Enter a phone number to
store as a speed dial number.
Select the ring tone.
Select a phone number from
the call history to store as a
speed dial number.
Import from Phonebook Select a phone number from
the phonebook to store as a
speed dial number.
(Existing entry list) Edit Edit a previously stored speed
dial number.
●
Change a name.
●
Change a number.
●
Create or delete a voice tag.
Delete all of the previously stored speed dial number.
Delete Delete a previously stored
speed dial number.
Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
Turn HondaLink Assist on and off.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 316 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
317
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Text/Email
*1
Enable Text/Email
New Message Notification
Default
Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off.
Select a mail or text message account.Select Account
Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL
receives a new text/e-mail message.
Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone Settings group as default.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 317 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
318
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■Phone menu screen
1. Press the button.
2. Select Phone.
3. Press the button.
*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Speed Dial
*1
New Entry Manual Input Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial
number.
Phonebook
*1
(Existing entry list)
Import from Call History
Import from Phonebook
Select a phone number from the call history to store
as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the phonebook to store
as a speed dial number.
Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
Redial
*1
Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
Dial
*1
Enter a phone number to dial.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 318 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
319
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Call History
*1
All
Read/Stop System reads received message aloud, or stop
message from being read.
Text/Email
*1
Previous
Next
Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls.
Dialed Display the last 20 outgoing calls.
Received Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Missed Display the last 20 missed calls.
Select Account
*
Select a mail or text message account.
Select a message.
Message is read aloud.
See the previous message.
See the next message.
Reply Reply to a received message using one of six fixed
phrases.
Call Make a call to the sender.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 319 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
320
Features
■To pair a mobile phone (when there is
no phone paired to the system)
1. Select Phone.
2. Select Yes.
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then select Continue.
uHFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. Select your phone when it appears on the
list.
uIf your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
uIf your phone still does not appear, select
Phone not Found and search for
Bluetooth devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
uConfirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match. This may vary by
phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
■Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
•You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
•Up to six phones can be paired.
•Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
paired to HFL.
•If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system, the system will return to the
previous screen.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 320 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
321
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■To pair a phone when a phone is
already paired
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2Phone settings screen P. 315
2. Select Connect Phone.
3. Select a phone to connect.
uPairing start.
4. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
■Changing the currently paired phone
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2Phone settings screen P. 315
2. Select Connect Phone.
3. Select a phone to connect.
uHFL disconnects the current phone and
starts searching for another paired
phone.
1Changing the currently paired phone
If no other phones are found or paired when trying to
switch to another phone, HFL will inform you that the
original phone is connected again.
To pair other phones, select Add Bluetooth Device
from the Connect Phone screen.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 321 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
322
Features
■To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Bluetooth.
4. Select Bluetooth tab.
5. Select Edit Pairing Code.
6. Select Fixed or Random.
1To change the pairing code setting
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 322 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
323
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
■To edit an already-paired phone name
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2Phone settings screen P. 315
2. Select Phone tab.
3. Select Bluetooth Device List.
4. Select a paired phone you want to edit.
5. Select Edit Device Name.
6. Edit the name and select OK.
7. A notification appears if the change is
successful.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 323 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
324
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■To delete a paired phone
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2Phone settings screen P. 315
2. Select Phone tab.
3. Select Bluetooth Device List.
4. Select a phone you want to delete.
5. Select Delete This Device.
6. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Select Yes.
7. A notification appears if the deletion is
successful.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 324 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
325
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message function
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2Phone settings screen P. 315
2. Select Text/Email tab, then Enable Text/
Email.
uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.
■To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message notice
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2Phone settings screen P. 315
2. Select Text/Email tab, then New
Message Notification.
uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.
■To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Options
1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 325 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
326
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2Phone settings screen P. 315
2. Select Phone tab, then Ring Tone.
3. Select Fixed or Mobile Phone.
■Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker.
Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the
connected cell phone is heard through the vehicle
speakers.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 326 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
327
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■When Automatic Phone Sync is set to
On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to the system.
■Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2Phone settings screen P. 315
2. Select Phone tab, then Automatic Phone
Sync.
3. Select On or Off.
■Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to the system.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Pref
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Fax
Car
Other
Voice
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 327 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
328
Features
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2Phone menu screen P. 318
2. Select Speed Dial.
uRepeat the procedure to select New
Entry.
3. Select a place to choose a number.
From Import from Call History:
uSelect a number from the call history.
From Manual Input:
uInput the number manually.
From Import from Phonebook:
uSelect a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
4. When the speed dial is successfully stored
from Import from Call History or Import
from Phonebook, you are asked to create
a voice tag for the number. Select Yes or
No.
5. Select Record to store a voice tag for the
speed dial entry.
uUsing the button, follow the prompts
to store a voice tag for the speed dial
entry.
■Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag. Say “Call” and
the voice tag name.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 328 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
329
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2Phone settings screen P. 315
2. Select Phone tab, then Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
uFrom the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select Voice Tag.
uFrom the pop-up menu, select Record.
5. Select Record to store the voice tag.
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
■To delete a voice tag
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2Phone settings screen P. 315
2. Select Phone tab, then Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
uFrom the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select Voice Tag.
uFrom the pop-up menu, select Clear.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for the system to recognize a longer name.
For example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 329 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
330
Features
■To delete a speed dial
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2Phone settings screen P. 315
2. Select Phone tab, then Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
uFrom the pop-up menu, select Delete.
4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.
You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or
redial.
■Making a Call
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name,
or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.
Press the button and say “Call” and the stored
voice tag name.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 330 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
331
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■To make a call using the imported
phonebook
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2Phone menu screen P. 318
2. Select Phonebook.
3. Select a name.
uYou can also search by letter. Select
Search.
uUse the keyboard on the touch screen for
entering letters.
4. Select a number.
uDialing starts automatically.
■To make a call using a phone number
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2Phone menu screen P. 318
2. Select Dial.
3. Select a number.
uUse the keyboard on the touch screen for
entering numbers.
4. Select .
uDialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2Limitations for Manual Operation P. 314
2Speed Dial P. 328
1To make a call using a phone number
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2Limitations for Manual Operation P. 314
2Speed Dial P. 328
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 331 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
332
Features
■To make a call using redial
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2Phone menu screen P. 318
2. Select Redial.
uDialing starts automatically.
■To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2Phone menu screen P. 318
2. Select Call History.
3. Select All, Dialed, Received, or Missed.
4. Select a number.
uDialing starts automatically.
■To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2Phone menu screen P. 318
2. Select Speed Dial.
3. Select a number.
uDialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using redial
Press and hold the button to redial the last
number dialed in your phone’s history.
1To make a call using the call history
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to the
system.)
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag.
2Speed Dial P. 328
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 332 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
333
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds and the Incoming call
screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the call.
The available options appear on the screen during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
uThe mute icon appears when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
Transfer: Transfer a call from the system to
your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call.
This is useful when you call a menu-driven
phone system.
■Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold
to answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do
not want to answer it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
You can select the icons on the touch screen instead
of the and buttons.
■Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
You can select the icons on the touch screen.
ᵁᵁᵁᵁᵁᵁᵁᵁ
Mute Icon
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 333 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
334
Features
HFL can display newly received text or e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most
recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be
read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text or e-mail message.
2. Select Read to listen to the message.
uThe text or e-mail message is displayed.
The system automatically starts reading
out the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, select
Stop.
■Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text and e-mail messages.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/
e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail
message feature when conditions allow you to do so
safely.
When you receive a text or e-mail message for the
first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are
asked to turn the New Message Notification
setting to On.
2To turn on or off the text/e-mail message
notice P. 325
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 334 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
335
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
If a paired phone has text or e-mail message accounts, you can select one of them
to be active and receive notifications.
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2Phone settings screen P. 315
2. Select Text/Email tab, then Select
Account.
uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select Text Message or an e-mail message
account you want.
■Selecting a E-mail Message Account
1Selecting a E-mail Message Account
You can also select a mail account from the folder list
screen or the message list screen.
You can only receive notifications from one text
message or mail account at a time.
Select
Account
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 335 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
336
Features
■Displaying text messages
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2Phone menu screen P. 318
2. Select Text/Email.
uSelect account if necessary.
3. Select a message.
uThe text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
■Displaying Messages
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message is
also deleted in the system. If you send a message
from the system, the message goes to your phone’s
outbox.
To see the previous or next message, select Previous
or Next on the message screen.
Message List
Text Message
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 336 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
337
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
■Displaying e-mail messages
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2Phone menu screen P. 318
2. Select Text/Email.
uSelect Select Account if necessary.
3. Select a folder.
4. Select a message.
uThe e-mail message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
Folder List
Message List
E-mail Message
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 337 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
338
Features
■Read or Stop reading a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
uThe system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2Displaying Messages P. 336
2. Select Stop to stop reading.
Select Read again to start reading the
message from the beginning.
■Reply to a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
uThe system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2Displaying Messages P. 336
2. Select Reply.
3. Select the reply message.
uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message.
uComplete appears on the screen when
the reply message was successfully sent.
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
•Talk to you later, I’m driving.
•I’m on my way.
•I’m running late.
•OK
•Yes
•No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 338 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
339
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
■Making a call to a sender
1. Go to the text message screen.
2. Select Dial.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 339 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
340
Features
■Automatic collision notification
If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit
detects that the vehicle is severely impacted,
your vehicle automatically will attempt to
connect to the HondaLink operator. If
connected, information about your vehicle, its
location, and its condition will be sent to the
operator; you also can speak to the operator
when connected.
IMPORTANT: For vehicles equipped with HondaLink Assist, owner activation
constitutes authorization for Honda to collect information from your vehicle needed
to provide the service, and agreement to the Terms of Use at www.hondalink.com/
TermsAndConditions. In a crash, HondaLink Assist will attempt to notify emergency
services but NEITHER HONDA NOR ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS GUARANTEE THAT
SUCH NOTIFICATION WILL OCCUR.
Honda reserves the right to terminate HondaLink Assist services at any time or for
any reason, and in the future may not be able to provide services due to changes in,
or obsolescence of, technology integral to the service or changes in governmental
regulation.
■In Case of Emergency
1In Case of Emergency
Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the
operator if the battery level is low, the line is
disconnected, or you do not have adequate cellular
coverage.
You cannot use this emergency services when:
•You travel outside the HondaLink service coverage
areas.
•There is a problem with the connecting devices,
such as the microphones, speakers, or the unit
itself.
You cannot operate other phone-related functions
using the screen while talking to the operator.
Select Hang Up to terminate the connection to your
vehicle.
1Automatic collision notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
repeatedly tries until it succeeds.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 340 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
341
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■To enable notification
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2Phone settings screen P. 315
2. Select Phone tab, then HondaLink Assist.
uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.
1To enable notification
Setting options:
•On: Notification is available.
•Off: Disable the feature.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 341 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
342
Features
Compass
When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
, the compass self-calibrates, and the
compass display appears.
Compass Calibration
If the compass indicates the wrong direction, or the CAL indicator blinks, you need
to manually calibrate the system.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w.
2. Press and hold the SETUP button until the
display shows the compass setting menu.
3. Rotate to select Calibration, then press
.
4. When the display changes to Calibration
Start, press .
5. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles.
uThe compass starts to show a direction
after the calibration. The CAL indicator
goes off.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
1Compass
Compass operation can be affected under the
following conditions:
•Driving near power lines or stations
•Crossing a bridge
•Passing a large vehicle, or driving near a large
object that can cause a magnetic disturbance
•When accessories such as antennas and roof racks
are mounted by magnets
Models with one display
Compass Setting Menu Items
1Compass Calibration
Calibrate the compass in an open area.
While setting the compass:
•The button returns to the previous screen.
•The SETUP button cancels the setting mode.
Models with one display
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 342 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
343
uuCompassuCompass Calibration
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select Compass.
5. Select Calibration.
6. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles.
Models with two displays
Compass Indicator
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 343 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
344
uuCompassuCompass Zone Selection
Features
Compass Zone Selection
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w.
2. Press and hold the SETUP button until the
display shows the compass setting menu.
3. Rotate to select Zone, then press .
The display shows the current zone
number.
4. Rotate to select the zone number of
your area (See Zone Map), then press .
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select Compass.
5. Select Zone.
6. Select the zone number of your area (See
Zone Map), then select OK.
Models with one display
Zone Number
Models with two displays
Zone Number
1Compass Zone Selection
The zone selection is done to compensate the
variation between magnetic north and true north.
If the calibration starts while the audio system is in
use, the display returns to normal after the calibration
is completed.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 344 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
345
uuCompassuCompass Zone Selection
2
3
4
5
6789
10 11
12
13
14
15
Zone Map
Guam Island: Zone 8
Puerto Rico: Zone 11
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 345 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
346
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 346 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
347
Driving
This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories.
Before Driving................................... 348
Towing a Trailer
Towing Preparation.......................... 353
Driving Safely with a Trailer .............. 356
Towing Your Vehicle........................ 357
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
General Information......................... 358
Important Safety Precautions............ 358
Avoiding Trouble ............................. 359
When Driving
Starting the Engine .......................... 360
Starting the Engine .......................... 362
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Precautions While Driving ................ 366
Continuously Variable Transmission... 367
Shifting............................................ 368
ECON Button ................................... 370
Cruise Control
*
............................... 371
Front Sensor Camera
*
..................... 374
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
....... 375
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
*
..... 386
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
.. 390
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA
®
), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System............. 396
Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control
System
TM
*
...................................... 400
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)... 401
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) -
Required Federal Explanation ......... 403
Braking
Brake System ................................... 405
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 407
Brake Assist System ......................... 408
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
..................................... 409
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped ................................ 416
Multi-View Rear Camera
*
................ 417
Refueling........................................... 420
Fuel Economy.................................... 423
Accessories and Modifications ........ 424
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 347 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
348
Driving
Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.
•Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
uRemove any frost, snow, or ice.
uRemove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
uWhen removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
•Make sure the hood is securely closed.
uIf the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
•Make sure the tires are in good condition.
uCheck air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.
2Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 465
•Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
uThere are blind spots from the inside.
■Exterior Checks
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE
When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
fire. If you've parked your vehicle for an extended
period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover
flammable materials after you or someone else has
performed maintenance on your vehicle.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 348 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
349
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
•Store or secure all items on board properly.
uCarrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle's
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2Maximum Load Limit P. 351
•Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
uThey can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
•Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
uAn object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
•If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
uThey may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
•Securely close and lock all doors and the tailgate.
2Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 137
•Adjust your seating position properly.
uAdjust the head restraint, too.
2Adjusting the Seats P. 175
2Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 178
•Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.
uAdjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 172
2Adjusting the Mirrors P. 173
■Interior Checks
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have
the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified
technician.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 349 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
350
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
•Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
uThey can interfere with the driver's ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
•Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2Fastening a Seat Belt P. 36
•Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
uAlways have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2Indicators P. 70
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 350 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
351
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Continued
Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg).
See Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver's doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs.
(1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue
load.
2Specifications P. 510
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2Specifications P. 510
3
WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
Label Example
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 351 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
352
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Driving
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
550 lbs
(249 kg)
Example2
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
100 lbs
(45 kg)
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 352 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
353
Continued
Towing a Trailer
Towing Preparation
Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper
equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving.
■Total trailer weight
Maximum allowable weight of the trailer,
cargo, and everything in or on it must not
exceed 1,500 lbs (680 kg). Towing loads in
excess of this can seriously affect vehicle
handling and performance and can damage
the engine and drivetrain.
■Tongue load
The weight of the tongue with a fully loaded
trailer on the hitch should be approximately
10% of the total trailer weight.
•Excessive tongue load reduces front tire
traction and steering control. Too little
tongue load can make the trailer unstable
and cause it to sway.
•To achieve a proper tongue load, start by
loading 60% of the load toward the front
of the trailer and 40% toward the rear.
Readjust the load as needed.
■Towing Load Limits
1Towing Load Limits
Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale.
If a public scale is not available, add the estimated
weight of your cargo load to the weight of your
trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and the
tongue load.
Break-in Period
Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicle's first 600
miles (1,000 km).
Never exceed the gross weight ratings.
Gross weight information
2Vehicle Specifications P. 510
3
WARNING
Exceeding any load limit or improperly
loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a
crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Check the loading of your vehicle and
trailer carefully before starting to drive.
Total Load
Tongue Load
Tongue Load
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 353 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
354
Driving
Towing equipment varies by the size of your trailer, how much load you are towing,
and where you are towing.
■Hitches
The hitch must be of an approved type and properly bolted to the underbody.
■Safety chains
Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the
trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
■Trailer brakes
Recommended for any trailer with a total weight of 1,000 lbs (450 kg) or more:
There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are
common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet. If you choose electric brakes,
be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not attempt to attach trailer brakes to
your vehicle's hydraulic system, as it will lower braking effectiveness and create a
potential hazard.
■Additional towing equipment
Many states and provinces/territories require special outside mirrors when towing a
trailer. Even if mirrors are not required in your locale, you should install special
mirrors if visibility is restricted in any way.
■Towing Equipment and Accessories
1Towing Equipment and Accessories
Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and
maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/
territory, and local regulations.
Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other
items are recommended or required for your towing
situation.
The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type
and brand. If a connector is required, it should only
be installed by a qualified technician.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 354 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
355
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
■Trailer light
Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and
local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the
requirements in the area where you plan to tow.
Your trailer lighting connector is located behind the left side panel in the cargo area.
Each pin’s purpose and wiring color code are shown in the image.
When using a non-Honda trailer lighting harness and converter, get the connector
and pins for your vehicle from a dealer.
Right Turn Signal (Green)
Left Turn Signal (Violet)
Small (Red) Backup Light (Brown)
Brake Light (Pink)
Option (Yellow)
Grand (Black)
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 355 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
356
uuTowing a TraileruDriving Safely with a Trailer
Driving
Driving Safely with a Trailer
•Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition.
•Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits.
2Towing Load Limits P. 353
•Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer.
•Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while
driving.
•Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly.
•Check the pressures of the trailer tires, including the spare.
•Drive slower than normal.
•Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailers.
•Use the (D position when towing a trailer on level roads.
•Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal.
•Allow more time and distance for braking.
•Do not brake or turn suddenly.
•Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the red (Hot) mark, turn off the
heating and cooling system
*
/climate control system
*
and reduce speed. Pull to the
side of the road safely to cool down the engine if necessary.
■Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer
■Towing Speeds and Gears
■Turning and Braking
■Driving in Hilly Terrain
1Driving Safely with a Trailer
Operating speed when towing a trailer is restricted
up to 65 mph (100 km/h).
Parking
In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel
chocks at each of the trailer's tires.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 356 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
357
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle
Towing Your Vehicle
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2Emergency Towing P. 506
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 357 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
358
Driving
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
General Information
Your vehicle has been designed primarily for use on pavement, however, its higher
ground clearance allows you to occasionally travel on unpaved roads. It is not
designed for trail-blazing, or other challenging off-road activities.
If you decide to drive on unpaved roads, you will find that it requires somewhat
different driving skills and that your vehicle will handle somewhat differently than it
does on pavement. Pay attention to the precautions and tips in this section, and get
acquainted with your vehicle before leaving the pavement.
Important Safety Precautions
To avoid loss of control or rollover, be sure to follow all precautions and
recommendations:
•Be sure to store cargo properly and do not exceed your cargo load limits.
2Maximum Load Limit P. 351
•Whenever you drive, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.
•Keep your speed low, and never go faster than the conditions allow.
•It’s up to you to continually assess the situation and drive within the limits.
1Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
2Important Handling Information P. 30
2Precautions While Driving P. 366
3
WARNING
Improperly operating this vehicle on or off
pavement can cause a crash or rollover in
which you and your passengers can be
seriously injured or killed.
•Follow all instructions and guidelines in
this owner’s manual.
•Keep your speed low, and don’t drive
faster than conditions permit.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 358 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
359
uuOff-Highway Driving GuidelinesuAvoiding Trouble
Avoiding Trouble
•Check Out Your Vehicle before you leave the pavement and make sure that all
scheduled maintenance has been completed. Pay special attention to the
condition of the tires, and check the tire pressures.
•Remember the route you choose presents limits (too steep or bumpy), you have
limits (driving skill and comfort), and your vehicle has limits (traction, stability, and
power). Failing to recognize these limits will likely put you and your passengers in
a hazardous situation.
•Accelerating and Braking should be done slowly and gradually. Trying to start
or stop too fast can cause a loss of traction and you could lose control.
•Avoiding Obstacles and Debris in the road reduces the likelihood of a rollover
or damage to your suspension or other components.
•Driving on Slopes increases your risk of a rollover, particularly if you attempt to
drive across a slope that is too steep. Going straight or down a slope is usually the
safest. If you can’t clearly see all conditions or obstacles on a slope, walk it before
you drive it. If there is any doubt whether you can safely pass, don’t try it. Find
another route. If you get stuck when climbing, do not try to turn around. Back
down slowly following the same route you took up the hill.
•Crossing a Stream - Avoid driving through deep water. If you encounter water
in your route (a small stream or large puddle, for example), evaluate it carefully
before going ahead. Make sure it is shallow, flowing slowly, and has firm ground
underneath. If you are not sure of the depth or the ground, turn around and find
another route. Driving through deep water can also damage your vehicle. The
water can get into the transmission and differential, diluting the lubricant and
causing an eventual failure. It can also wash the grease out of the wheel bearings.
•If You Get Stuck, carefully go in the direction that you think will get you
unstuck. Do not spin the tires as this will only make things worse and could
damage the transmission. If you are unable to free yourself, your vehicle will need
to be towed. Front and rear tow hooks are provided for this purpose.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 359 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
360
Driving
When Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Check that the shift lever is in (P, then
depress the brake pedal.
uAlthough it is possible to start the vehicle
in (N, it is safer to start it in (P.
3. Turn the ignition switch to START (e
without depressing the accelerator pedal.
Models without smart entry system
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, heating and
cooling system
*
/climate control system
*
, and rear
defogger in order to reduce battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently
below −22°F (−30°C) are expected, the coolant
mixture should be changed to a higher concentration
to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
Brake Pedal
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 360 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
361
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that
the parking brake indicator has gone off.
2Parking Brake P. 405
2. Put the shift lever in (D. Select (R when reversing.
3. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.
■Hill start assist system
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Move the shift lever to (D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill,
then release the brake pedal.
■Starting to Drive
1Starting the Engine
Do not hold the key in START (e for more than 15
seconds.
•If the engine does not start right away, wait for at
least 10 seconds before trying again.
•If the engine starts, but then immediately stops,
wait at least 10 seconds before repeating step 3
while gently depressing the accelerator pedal.
Release the accelerator pedal once the engine
starts.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is
used, the engine's fuel system is disabled.
2Immobilizer System P. 147
1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
does not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
Hill start assist will operate even when VSA® is
switched off.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 361 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
362
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Check that the shift lever is in (P, then
depress the brake pedal.
uAlthough it is possible to start the vehicle
in (N, it is safer to start it in (P.
Models with smart entry system
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, climate
control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce
battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently
below −22°F (−30°C) are expected, the coolant
mixture should be changed to a higher concentration
to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft.
If an improperly coded device is used, the engine’s
fuel system is disabled.
2Immobilizer System P. 147
Brake Pedal
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 362 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
363
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
without depressing the accelerator pedal.
1Starting the Engine
Bring the smart entry remote close to the ENGINE
START/STOP button if the battery in the smart entry
remote is weak.
2If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 492
The engine may not start if the smart entry remote is
subjected to strong radio waves.
Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to
start the engine.
If the engine does not start, wait at least 10 seconds
before trying again.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 363 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
364
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped.
1. Shift to (P.
2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that
the parking brake indicator has gone off.
2Parking Brake P. 405
2. Put the shift lever in (D. Select (R when reversing.
3. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.
■Stopping the Engine
■Starting to Drive
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 364 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
365
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
■Hill start assist system
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Move the shift lever to (D, (S, or (L when facing uphill, or (R when facing
downhill, then release the brake pedal.
1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
does not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 365 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
366
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving
Driving
Precautions While Driving
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
To prevent rollovers or loss of control:
•Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle.
•Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers whenever possible.
•Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity.
•Never carry more than 165 lbs (75 kg) of cargo on the roof rack (Honda
accessory).
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine,
driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.
■Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
■In Rain
■Other Precautions
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.
NOTICE
If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel on
the full left or right position for a while, the system
heats up. The system goes into a protective mode,
and limits its performance. The steering wheel
becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the
system cools down, the EPS system is restored.
Repeated operation under these conditions can
eventually damage the system.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 366 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
367
uuWhen DrivinguContinuously Variable Transmission
Continuously Variable Transmission
The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress
the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
■Creeping
■Kickdown
1Precautions While Driving
If the ignition switch is turned to ACCESSORY (q or
LOCK (0
*1
while driving, the engine will shut down
and all steering and brake power assist functions will
stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not put the shift lever in (N, as you will lose
engine braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as to not damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.
1Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
2Important Handling Information P. 30
2Precautions While Driving P. 366
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 367 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
368
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
Shifting
Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.
■Shift lever positions
1Shifting
You cannot turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0
*1
and remove the key unless the shift lever is in (P.
The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in
(N while the engine is cold.
Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary,
apply the parking brake.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.
Drive
Used for normal driving
Park
Used when parking or starting the engine
Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Used when idling
Drive (S)
Used:
●
For better acceleration
●
To increase engine braking
●
When going up or down hills
Release Button
Low
●
Used to further increase engine braking
●
Used when going up or down hills
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 368 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
369
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
■Shift Lever Operation
1Shift Lever Operation
NOTICE
When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and
vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the
brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come
to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.
Use the shift lever position indicator to check the
lever position before pulling away.
If the transmission indicator (D blinks when driving,
in any shift position, there is a problem with the
transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer's red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the
brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release
button is held down.
Depress the brake pedal first.
Tachometer's red zone
Shift Lever Position Indicator
Depress the brake pedal and press the
shift lever release button to shift.
Shift without pressing the shift lever
release button.
Press the shift lever release button
and shift.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 369 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
370
uuWhen DrivinguECON Button
Driving
ECON Button
The ECON button turns the ECON mode on
and off.
The ECON mode helps you improve your fuel
economy by adjusting the performance of the
engine, transmission, air conditioning system,
and cruise control.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 370 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
371
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Continued
Cruise Control
*
Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the
accelerator pedal. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can
travel at a constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration.
1Cruise Control
*
It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed
when driving uphill or downhill.
When not using cruise control:
Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE
button.
While in the ECON mode, it may take relatively more
time to accelerate to maintain the set speed.
3
WARNING
Improper use of the cruise control can lead
to a crash.
Use the cruise control only when traveling
on open highways in good weather.
■Shift positions for cruise control:
In
(D or (S
When to use
Always keep sufficient distance
between you and the vehicle in
front of you.
■
Vehicle speed for cruise control:
Desired speed in a range above
roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~
How to use CRUISE MAIN is on in the
instrument panel.
Cruise control is ready to use.
■
Press the CRUISE button on
the steering wheel.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 371 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
372
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Driving
Take your foot off the pedal and press the −/SET button when you reach the desired
speed.
The moment you release the −/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control
begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
■To Set the Vehicle Speed
−/SET Button
On when cruise control begins
Press and release
On
On
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 372 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
373
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or −/SET buttons on the
steering wheel.
•Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by
about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
•If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you
release it. This speed is then set.
To cancel cruise control, do any of the
following:
•Press the CANCEL button.
•Press the CRUISE button.
•Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
You can set the vehicle speed using the −/SET button
on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with
the accelerator and brake pedals.
■To Cancel
To decrease speed
To increase speed
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+
button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40
km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
•When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
•When the CRUISE button is turned off
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control is canceled automatically.
CRUISE
Button
CANCEL
Button
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 373 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
374
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera
*
Driving
Front Sensor Camera
*
The camera, used in systems; such as LDW, LKAS, ACC and CMBS
TM
, is designed to
detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate their functions.
This camera is located behind the rearview
mirror.
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing
system to shut off, when parking, find a shady
area or face the front of the vehicle away from
the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do
not allow it to cover the camera housing.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on
it.
■Camera Location and Handling Tips
1Front Sensor Camera
*
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
windshield that could obstruct the camera’s field of
vision.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the camera’s field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Honda replacement windshield. Making
even minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision
or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the
camera is necessary for the system to operate
properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument
panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent
the system from detecting lane lines properly.
If the SOME DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEMS CANNOT
OPERATE: message appears:
•Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the air flow directed toward the camera.
•Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
Front Sensor
Camera
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 374 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
375
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Continued
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following distance behind a
vehicle detected ahead of yours, without you having to keep your foot on the brake
or the accelerator.
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
3
WARNING
Improper use of ACC can lead to a crash.
Use ACC only when traveling on open
highways in good weather.
3
WARNING
ACC has limited braking capability.
When your vehicle speed drops below 22
mph, ACC will automatically cancel and no
longer will apply your vehicle's brakes.
Always be prepared to apply the brake
pedal when conditions require.
When to use
■
Vehicle speed for adaptive cruise control:
Desired speed in a range above roughly 25
mph (40 km/h) ~
■
Shift positions for adaptive cruise control:
In (D or (S
The radar sensor is inside
the front grille.
The camera is located
behind the rearview
mirror.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 375 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
376
Driving
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Important Reminder
As with any system, there are limits to ACC. Use the
brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a
safe distance between your vehicle and other
vehicles.
■
Press the MAIN button on
the steering wheel.
ACC is on in the multi-
information display.
Adaptive cruise control is
ready to use.
How to use
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 376 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
377
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Take your foot off the pedal and press the –/SET button when you reach the desired
speed.
The moment you release the –/SET button,
the set speed is fixed, and adaptive cruise
control begins.
uA vehicle icon and distance bars appear
on the multi-information display.
■To Set the Vehicle Speed
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
ACC may not work properly under certain conditions.
2ACC Conditions and Limitations P. 380
When not using adaptive cruise control: Turn off
adaptive cruise by pressing the MAIN button.
1To Set the Vehicle Speed
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the multi-information display
between mph and km/h.
2Customized Features P. 100, 114
On when
adaptive cruise
control begins
Press and release
–/SET Button
Set Vehicle
Distance
Set Vehicle
Speed
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 377 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
378
Driving
■There is a vehicle ahead
ACC monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC range. If a vehicle is detected
doing so, the ACC system maintains or decelerates your vehicle’s set speed in order
to keep the vehicle’s set following-distance from the vehicle ahead.
2To Change Vehicle Distance P. 382
■When in Operation
1When in Operation
If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down
abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in
front of you, the beeper sounds and a message
appears on the multi-information display to alert you
to brake.
Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate
distance from the vehicle ahead.
Even if the distance between your vehicle and the
vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC may start
accelerating your vehicle under the following
circumstances:
•The vehicle detected ahead of you is going at
almost the same speed as, or faster than your
vehicle.
•A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually distancing itself from
you.
Beep
■
When ACC detects a
vehicle within ACC range:
■
When the vehicle goes
out of ACC range:
The vehicle icon appears on the
multi-information display.
The vehicle icon on the
multi-information display
becomes a dotted-line
contour.
ACC Range: 394 ft. (120 m)
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 378 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
379
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
■There is no vehicle ahead
Your vehicle cruises at the set speed.
■A vehicle ahead is within ACC range and going slower than the set speed
Your vehicle slows down, and maintains the same speed as the speed of the vehicle
ahead to maintain the set following distance.
■A vehicle ahead is within ACC range and going at a steady speed
Your vehicle follows the vehicle ahead of it, keeping a constant distance, without
going beyond the set speed.
■A vehicle ahead goes out of range
ACC accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.
■When you depress the accelerator pedal
You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or
visual alerts even if a vehicle is in ACC range.
ACC stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the
system resumes the set speed.
1When in Operation
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle
detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the
ACC detecting range. Change the ACC FORWARD
VEHICLE DETECT BEEP
*
setting.
2Customized Features P. 100, 114
Limitations
You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe
distance when using ACC. Additionally, ACC may
not work properly under certain conditions.
2ACC Conditions and Limitations P. 380
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 379 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
380
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.
2Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 374
■Environmental conditions
Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
■Roadway conditions
Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected
lights, road spray, high contrast).
■Vehicle conditions
•The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
•An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
•The camera temperature gets too hot.
•The parking brake is applied.
■ACC Conditions and Limitations
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 380 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
381
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Continued
■Detection limitations
•A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
•The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
•A vehicle or pedestrian cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes
suddenly.
•When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
•The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle.
•When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
•When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
•The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
•An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
•Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
•When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 381 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
382
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or –/SET buttons on the
steering wheel.
•Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by
about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
•If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about
5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
Press the (distance) button to change ACC
range.
Each time you press the button, the following
distance (the distance behind a vehicle
detected ahead of you) setting cycles through
extra long, long, middle, and short following
distances.
■To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower
than your increased set speed, ACC may not
accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set
following distance between your vehicle and the
vehicle ahead.
You can set the vehicle speed using the –/SET button
on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with
the accelerator and brake pedals.
■To Change Vehicle Distance
To increase speed
To decrease speed
Distance Button
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 382 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
383
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Continued
Determine the most appropriate following distance setting based on your specific
driving conditions. Be sure to adhere to any following distance requirements set by
local regulation.
The higher your selected set speed is, the greater the short, middle, long or extra
long following distance becomes. See the following examples for your reference.
Vehicle Distance
When the Set Speed is:
50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)
Short
84 feet
26 meters
1.1 sec
102 feet
31 meters
1.1 sec
Middle
111 feet
34 meters
1.5 sec
139 feet
43 meters
1.5 sec
Long
155 feet
48 meters
2.1 sec
202 feet
62 meters
2.1 sec
Extra
Long
215 feet
66 meters
3.0 sec
285 feet
87 meters
3.0 sec
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 383 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
384
Driving
To cancel adaptive cruise control, do any of
the following:
•Press the CANCEL button.
•Press the MAIN button.
•Depress the brake pedal.
■Automatic cancellation
The beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display when
ACC is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC
cancellation:
•Your vehicle speed slows down to 22 mph (35 km/h) and below.
•Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
•When the radar sensor inside the front grille gets dirty.
•The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.
•An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.
•Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.
•Abrupt steering wheel movement.
•When the ABS or VSA® is activated.
•When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.
■To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed: After you have
canceled adaptive cruise control, you can resume the
prior set speed while it is still displayed. Press the
RES/+ button when driving at a speed of at least 25
mph (40 km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
•When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40km/h).
•When the MAIN button is turned off.
CANCEL
Button
MAIN
Button
1Automatic cancellation
Even though adaptive cruise control has been
automatically canceled, you can still resume the prior
set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC
to cancel improves, then press the RES/+ button.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 384 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
385
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Press and hold the (distance) button for one second.
CRUISE MODE SELECTED appears on the multi-information display for two
seconds, and then the mode switches to Cruise.
To switch back to ACC, press and hold the button again for one second.
■To Switch ACC to Cruise Control
1To Switch ACC to Cruise Control
Always be aware which mode you are in. When you
are driving in Cruise Mode, the system will not assist
you to maintain a following distance from a vehicle
ahead of you.
ACC ON Cruise
Control ON
Distance Button
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 385 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
386
uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)
*
Driving
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
*
Alerts you when the system determines a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally
crossing over detected lane markings.
If your vehicle is getting too close to detected
left or right side lane markings without a turn
signal activated, LDW will give audible and
visual alerts.
The beeper sounds and the Lane Departure
message appears on the multi-information
display, letting you know that you need to
take appropriate action.
The system begins to search for lane markings when all the following conditions are
met:
•The vehicle is traveling between 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
•The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.
•The turn signals are off.
•The brake pedal is not depressed.
•The wipers are not in continuous operation.
■How the System Works
1Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, LDW has limitations.
Over-reliance on LDW may result in a collision. It is
always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within
your driving lane.
LDW only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. LDW may not detect all
lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary
based on weather, speed and lane marker condition.
It is always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 374
■How the System Activates
1How the System Activates
LDW may automatically shut off and the LDW
indicator comes and stays on.
2Indicators P. 85
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 386 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
387
uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)
*
Continued
Press the LDW button to turn the system on
and off.
uThe indicator in the button comes on
when the system is on.
■LDW On and Off
LDW Button
Indicator
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 387 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
388
uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)
*
Driving
LDW may not activate or may not recognize lanes, and may activate even when
keeping in the middle of a lane, under certain conditions. Some examples of these
conditions are listed below.
■Environmental conditions
•Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
•Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
•There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
•Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
•Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
•Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
•Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
•Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markings.
•Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
■Roadway conditions
•Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
•Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
•Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
•The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
•The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
•The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
•The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
•Driving over bumps.
■LDW Limitations
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 388 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
389
uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)
*
■Vehicle conditions
•Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
•The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
•The inside of the windshield is fogged.
•The camera temperature gets too hot.
•An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
•The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 389 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
390
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides audible and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Important Safety Reminders
The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a
substitute for your vehicle control. The system does
not work if you take your hands off the steering
wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
2Display Warning and Information
Messages
*
P. 86
LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. LKAS may not detect all
lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary
based on weather, speed, and lane marker condition.
It is always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.
LKAS may not work properly under certain
conditions.
2LKAS Limitations P. 394
■
Audible and visual alerts
Beeps and a warning display alert
you that the vehicle is drifting out of
a detected lane.
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and
resumes after the signals are off.
If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts
activate, and torque is applied to the steering.
■
LKAS camera
Monitors the lane
lines
■
Steering input assist
The system applies torque to the
steering to keep the vehicle
between the left and right lane
lines. The applied torque becomes
stronger as the vehicle gets closer to
either of the lane lines.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 390 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
391
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
The system can be used when the following conditions are met.
•The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane.
•The vehicle speed is between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
•You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
•The turn signals are off.
•The brake pedal is not depressed.
•The wipers are not in continuous operation.
■How to activate the system
1. Press the MAIN button.
uThe LKAS is on in the multi-information
display.
The system is ready to use.
2. Press the LKAS button.
uLane outlines appear on the multi-
information display.
The system is activated.
■When the System can be Used
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 374
If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line
due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS
and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 391 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
392
Driving
3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the
lane while driving.
uThe dotted outer lines change to solid
ones once the system starts operating
after detecting the left and right lane
markings.
To cancel the LKAS:
Press the MAIN or LKAS button.
The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the
engine, even if you turned it on the last time
you drove the vehicle.
■To cancel
1When the System can be Used
The LKAS temporarily deactivates when it fails to
detect lane lines. When the system detects the lines
again, it comes back on automatically.
1To cancel
Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC on and off.
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 392 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
393
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Continued
■The system operation is suspended if
you:
•Set the wipers to continuous operation.
uTurning the wipers off resumes the
LKAS.
•Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40
mph (64 km/h) or less.
uIncreasing the vehicle speed to about 45
mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the
LKAS.
•Depress the brake pedal.
uThe LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the
brake pedal.
■The LKAS may automatically be suspended when:
•The system fails to detect lane lines.
•The steering wheel is quickly turned.
•You fail to steer the vehicle.
•The vehicle runs on a curved road over the speed limit.
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.
■The LKAS may automatically be canceled when:
•The camera temperature gets too high.
•The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
When the LKAS is suspended,
the lane lines on the multi-
information display change to
contour lines.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 393 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
394
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in
the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:
■Environmental conditions
•Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
•Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
•There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
•Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
•Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
•Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
•Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
•Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markings.
•Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
■Roadway conditions
•Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
•Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
•Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
•The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
•The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
•The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
•The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
•Driving over bumps.
■LKAS Limitations
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 394 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
395
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
■Vehicle conditions
•Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
•The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
•The inside of the windshield is fogged.
•The camera temperature gets too hot.
•An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
•The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 395 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
396
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Driving
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System
Helps stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than
what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does
so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine does not respond to the accelerator.
You may also notice some noise from the
hydraulic system. You will also see the
indicator blink.
■VSA® Operation
1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
The VSA® may not function properly if tire types and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
types of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® indicator comes on and stays on
while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.
VSA® System
Indicator
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 396 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
397
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
This button is on the driver side control panel.
To partially turn the VSA® features on and off,
press and hold it until you hear a beep.
The traction control stops fully functioning,
allows the wheels to spin more freely at low
speed. The VSA® OFF indicator will also come
on.
To turn it on again, press the (VSA® OFF)
button until you hear a beep.
VSA® is turned on every time you start the
engine, even if you turned it off the last time
you drove the vehicle.
■VSA® On and Off
1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
With the button pressed, your vehicle will have
normal braking and cornering ability, but VSA®
traction and stability enhancement becomes less
effective.
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with VSA® temporarily switched off.
When the button is pressed, the traction control
function becomes less effective. This allows for the
wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should
only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if
you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® system switched off.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.
VSA® OFF Indicator
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 397 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
398
uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatch
TM
*
Driving
LaneWatch
TM
*
LaneWatch is an assistance system that allows you to check the passenger side rear
areas displayed on the audio/information screen when the turn signal is activated to
the passenger’s side. A camera in the passenger side door mirror monitors these
areas and allows you to check for vehicle, in addition to your visual check and use of
the passenger door mirror. You can also keep the system on for your convenience
while driving.
1LaneWatch
TM
*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, LaneWatch has
limitations. Over reliance on LaneWatch may result in
a collision.
The LaneWatch function can be affected by weather,
lighting (including headlights and low sun angle),
ambient darkness, camera condition, and loading.
The LaneWatch may not provide the intended display
of traffic to the side and rear under the following
conditions:
•Your vehicle’s suspension has been altered,
changing the height of the vehicle.
•Your tires are over or under inflated.
•Your tires or wheels are of varied size or construction.
3
WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on LaneWatch while
driving.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.
1 2
Camera
Audio/Information Screen
Move the turn signal
lever to the passenger
side.
Press the LaneWatch
button.
Pull the turn signal
lever back.
Press the LaneWatch
button again.
The passenger side view
display appears on the
audio/information screen.
The system activates when you:
The system deactivates when you:
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 398 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
399
uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatch
TM
*
■Customizing the LaneWatch settings
You can customize the following items using the audio/information screen.
•Show with Turn Signal: Selects whether LaneWatch monitor comes on when
you operate the turn signal light lever.
•Display Time after Turn Off: Changes the remaining Lane Watch display time
after you pull the turn signal lever back.
•Reference Lines: Selects whether the reference lines appear on the LaneWatch
monitor.
•Next Maneuver Pop up
*
: Selects whether a turn direction screen of the
navigation system interrupts the LaneWatch display.
•Display: Adjusts display settings.
2Customized Features P. 271
■Reference Lines
Three lines that appear on the screen can give
an idea of how far the vehicles or objects on
the screen are from your vehicle, respectively.
If an object is near line 1 (in red), it indicates
that it is close to your vehicle whereas an
object near line 3 farther away.
1LaneWatch
TM
*
The LaneWatch camera view is restricted. Its unique
lens makes objects on the screen look slightly
different from what they are.
LaneWatch display does not come on when the shift
lever is in (R.
For proper LaneWatch operation:
•The camera is located in the passenger side door
mirror. Always keep this area clean. If the camera
lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft,
moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.
•Do not cover the camera lens with labels or stickers
of any kind.
•Do not touch the camera lens.
2
3
1
1Reference Lines
The area around the reference line 1 (red) is very close to
your vehicle. As always, make sure to visually confirm
the safety of a lane change before changing lanes.
The distance between your vehicle and lines 1, 2 and
3 on the screen vary depending on road conditions
and vehicle loading. For example, the reference lines
on the screen may seem to appear closer than the
actual distances when the rear of your vehicle is more
heavily loaded.
Consult a dealer if:
•The passenger side door mirror, or area around it is
severely impacted, resulting in changing the
camera angle.
•The LaneWatch display does not come on at all.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 399 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
400
uuWhen DrivinguReal Time AWD with Intelligent Control System
TM
*
Driving
Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control System
TM
*
When the system senses a loss of front wheel traction, it automatically transfers
some power to the rear wheels. This allows you to utilize all available traction and
may increase mobility.
You still need to exercise the same care when accelerating, steering, and braking
that you would in a two wheel drive vehicle.
If you excessively spin all four wheels and overheat the AWD system, only the front
wheels receive power. Stop until the system cools down.
1Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control System
TM
*
NOTICE
Do not continuously spin the front tires of your
vehicle. Continuously spinning the front tires can
cause transmission or rear differential damage.
The AWD system may not function properly if tire
type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same
size and type of tire, and the air pressures as
specified.
2Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 471
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 400 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
401
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Continued
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Instead of directly measuring the pressure in each tire, the TPMS on this vehicle
monitors and compares the rolling radius and rotational characteristics of each
wheel and tire while you are driving to determine if one or more tires are
significantly under-inflated. This will cause the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to
come on and a message to appear on the multi-information display
*
.
You must start TPMS calibration every time you:
•Adjust the pressure in one or more tires.
•Rotate the tires.
•Replace one or more tires.
uBefore calibrating the TPMS, turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
, and make
sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop.
Press and hold the TPMS button.
uThe low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
blinks a few times.
If the indicator does not blink a few times, the
calibration is not successful. Press and hold
the TPMS button again.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
■TPMS Calibration
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
The system does not monitor the tires when driving
at low speed.
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
•Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
•Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure indicator will not come on as a
result of over inflation.
The TPMS may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire.
2Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 465
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
with a delay or may not come on at all when:
•You rapidly accelerate, decelerate, or turn the
steering wheel.
•You drive on snowy or slippery roads.
•Snow chains are used.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
under the following conditions:
•A compact spare tire is used.
•There is a heavier and uneven load on the tires,
such as when towing a trailer, than the condition at
calibration.
•Snow chains are used.
TPMS
Button
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
Models with information display
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 401 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
402
Driving
You can calibrate the system from the customized features on the multi-information
display.
1. Press button to select TPMS CALIBRATION, then press the SEL/RESET
button.
2. Press the SEL/RESET button.
uThe display switches to the customization setup screen, where you can select
Cancel or Calibrate.
3. Press the button and select Calibrate, then press the SEL/RESET button.
uCalibration Started screen appears, then the display returns to the
customization menu screen.
If the Calibration Failed to Start message appears, repeat steps 2-3.
1TPMS Calibration
•TPMS cannot be calibrated if a compact spare tire is
installed.
•The calibration process requires approximately 30
minutes of cumulative driving at speeds between
30-60 mph (48-97 km/h).
•During this period, if the ignition is turned on
*1
and
the vehicle is not moved within 45 seconds, you
may notice the low tire pressure indicator comes on
briefly. This is normal and indicates that the
calibration process is not yet complete.
If the snow chains are installed, remove them before
calibrating the TPMS.
If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on even
when the properly inflated specified regular tires are
installed, have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
We recommend that the tires be replaced with the
same brand, model, and size as the originals. Ask a
dealer for details.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.
Models with multi-information display
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 402 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
403
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Continued
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's
handling and stopping ability.
U.S. models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 403 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
404
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 404 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
405
Continued
Braking
Brake System
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parking.
To apply:
Depress the parking brake pedal down with
your foot.
To release:
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Depress the parking brake.
■Parking Brake
1Parking Brake
NOTICE
Release the parking brake fully before driving. The
rear brakes and axle can be damaged if you drive
with the parking brake applied.
If you start driving without fully releasing the parking
brake, a buzzer sounds as a warning.
Always apply the parking brake when parking.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 405 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBrakinguBrake System
406
Driving
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist
helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases
the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency
situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when
braking very hard.
2Brake Assist System P. 408
2Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 407
■Foot Brake
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, the brake pads need to be
replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your
foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a
lower gear.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 406 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
407
uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.“
■ABS operation
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the
pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you need to press on the brake pedal very
hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately
if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE
The ABS may not function correctly if you use an
incorrect tire type and size.
When the ABS indicator comes on while driving,
there may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking is not affected, there is a
possibility of the ABS not operating. Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes
to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control
during hard braking.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS:
•When driving on rough road surfaces, including
when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or
snow.
•When tire chains are installed.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 407 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
408
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System
Driving
Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
■Brake assist system operation
Depress the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 408 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
409
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Continued
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed when a
collision is deemed unavoidable to help minimize collision severity.
■How the system works
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Important Safety Reminder
The CMBS
TM
is designed to reduce the severity of an
unavoidable collision. It does not prevent collision nor
stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your
responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering
wheel appropriately according to the driving
conditions.
The CMBS
TM
may not activate or may not detect a
vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain
conditions:
2CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 414
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 374
The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about
3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.
The radar sensor is
in the front grille.
The CMBS
TM
activates when:
●
The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian
detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance
of a collision.
●
Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a
collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
The camera is
located behind the
rearview mirror.
When to use
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 409 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
410
Driving
■When the system activates
At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (LONG/
NORMAL/SHORT) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through multi-
information display setting options.
2List of customizable options P. 104, 118
1When the system activates
The camera in the CMBS
TM
is also designed to detect
pedestrians.
However, this pedestrian detection feature may not
activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of
your vehicle under certain conditions.
Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection
limitations from the list.
2CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 414
The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops
if the collision is avoided.
uTake appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change
lanes, etc.)
Beep
Visual Alerts
Audible Alert
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 410 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
411
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Continued
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBS
TM
may not go through all of
the stages before initiating the last stage.
■Collision Alert Stages
Distance between vehicles
CMBS
TM
The radar sensor detects
a vehicle Audible & Visual WARNINGS Braking
Stage
one
There is a risk of a collision
with the vehicle ahead of
you.
When in Long, visual and audible alerts come
on at a longer distance from a vehicle ahead
than in NORMAL setting, and in SHORT, at a
shorter distance than in NORMAL.
—
Stage
two
The risk of a collision has
increased, time to respond
is reduced.
Visual and audible alerts.
Lightly applied
Stage
three
The CMBS
TM
determines
that a collision is
unavoidable.
Forcefully applied
Your Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Normal
ShortLong
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 411 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
412
Driving
Press this button for about one second to turn
the system on and off.
When the CMBS
TM
is off:
•The beeper sounds.
•The CMBS
TM
indicator in the instrument
panel comes on.
•A message on the multi-information display
reminds you that the system is off.
The CMBS
TM
is in the previously selected ON or
OFF setting each time you start the engine.
■CMBS
TM
On and Off
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
The CMBS
TM
may automatically shut off, and the
CMBS
TM
indicator will come and stay on under certain
conditions.
2CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 414
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 412 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
413
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
The CMBS
TM
may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:
■When Passing
Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.
■At an intersection
Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.
■On a curve
When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming
vehicle is right in front of you.
■Through a low bridge at high speed
You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.
■Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.
You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train
tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when
parking, stationary vehicles and walls.
■With Little Chance of a Collision
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Avoid the following conditions that may cause the
radar aim to be temporarily out of range and prevent
the CMBS
TM
from working properly.
•A heavy load in the rear or modifications to the
suspension tilts your vehicle.
•The tire pressures are not correct, the tire sizes are
incorrect, the tire types are different, and/or the
tires are not in good condition.
For the CMBS
TM
to work properly:
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
mild detergent.
Do not put a sticker on the emblem or replace the
emblem.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the
CMBS
TM
off button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 413 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
414
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the CMBS
TM
indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the CMBS
TM
functions.
2Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 374
■Environmental conditions
•Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
•Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
•There is little contrast between objects and the background.
•Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
•Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
•Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
•Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.
•Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
■Roadway conditions
•Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
■Vehicle conditions
•Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
•The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
•The inside of the windshield is fogged.
•An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
•The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
•The camera temperature gets too hot.
■CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 414 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
415
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
•Driving with the parking brake applied.
•When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.
■Detection limitations
•A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
•The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
•A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
•When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
•The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle.
•When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
•When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
•The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
•An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
•Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
•When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
•When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by
side.
•Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s
shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
•When the pedestrian is squatting.
•When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about
6.6 feet (2 meters) in height.
Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 415 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
416
Driving
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly with the shift lever in (D.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake.
3. Move the shift lever from (D to (P.
4. Turn off the engine.
Always set the parking brake firmly, in particular if you are parked on an incline.
1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
1When Stopped
NOTICE
The following can damage the transmission:
•Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
•Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
•Moving the shift lever into
(P before the vehicle
stops completely.
Raise the wiper arms when snow is expected.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 416 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
417
Continued
Multi-View Rear Camera
*
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The intelligent multi-information display (i-MID) can display your vehicle’s rear view.
The display automatically changes to the rear view when the shift lever is moved to
(R.
See the Navigation System Manual.
The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display
automatically changes to the rear view when the shift lever is moved to (R.
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
up. Certain conditions, such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures, may also restrict the rear view. Do
not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.
Models with one display
Models with two displays/Models with navigation system
Models with two displays/Models without navigation system
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 417 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuMulti-View Rear Camera
*
uAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera
418
Driving
■Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic
Guideline settings.
2Customized Features P. 271
Fixed Guideline
On: Guidelines appear when you shift into (R.
Off: Guidelines do not appear.
Dynamic Guideline
On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel
direction.
Off: Guidelines do not move.
Models with two displays/Models without navigation
system
Guidelines
Bumper
Camera
Tailgate Open Range
Approx. 39 inches (1 m)
Approx. 79 inches (2 m)
Approx. 118 inches (3 m)
Wide View Mode
Normal View Mode
Top Down View Mode
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 418 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
419
uuMulti-View Rear Camera
*
uAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera
You can view three different camera angles on the rearview display.
Press the selector knob to switch the angle.
Touch the appropriate icon to switch the angle.
: Wide view
: Normal view
: Top down view
If the last used viewing mode is Wide or Normal, the same mode is selected the next
time you shift into (R. If Top View is last used before you turned off the engine,
Wide mode is selected next time you turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
and shift
to (R.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
Models with one display
Models with two displays/Models without navigation system
All models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 419 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
420
Driving
Refueling
Fuel Information
■Fuel recommendation
Use of lower octane gasoline can cause a persistent, heavy metallic knocking noise
that can lead to engine damage.
■Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Honda
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit www.hondacars.com. In Canada, visit
www.honda.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top
tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher
1Fuel Information
NOTICE
We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service.
Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such
as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 420 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
421
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
■Fuel tank capacity: 15.3 US gal (58 liters)
How to Refuel
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear.
2. Turn off the engine.
3. Pull on the fuel fill door release handle
under the lower left corner of the
dashboard.
uThe fuel fill door opens.
1How to Refuel
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
•Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
•Handle fuel only outdoors.
•Wipe up spills immediately.
Pull
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 421 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
422
Driving
4. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a
release of air, wait until this stops, then turn
the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap.
5. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder.
6. Insert the fuel filler nozzle fully.
uWhen the tank is full, the filler nozzle will
click off automatically. This leaves space
in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands
with a change in the temperature.
7. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap,
tightening it until you hear it click at least
once.
uShut the fuel fill door by hand.
1How to Refuel
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
not full, there may be a problem with the pump's fuel
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.
Cap
Cap
Holder
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 422 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
423
Fuel Economy
Improving Fuel Economy
Fuel economy depends on several conditions, including driving conditions, your
driving habits, the condition of your vehicle, and loading. Depending on these and
other conditions, you may or may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
information display
*
/multi-information display
*
/intelligent multi-information display
(i-MID).
•Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal.
•Maintain the specified tire pressure.
•Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
•Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle's underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
■Maintenance and Fuel Economy
1Improving Fuel Economy
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
information on how this test is performed, please visit
http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/
Miles driven Gallons of
fuel
Miles per
Gallon
100 Liter Kilometers L per 100 km
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 423 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
424
Driving
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
•Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
•Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories
installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicle’s
airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy.
•Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2Fuses P. 503
•Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle or use non-Honda components that can affect its
handling, stability, and reliability.
Overall vehicle performance can be affected. Always make sure all equipment is
properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province,
territory, and local regulations.
1Accessories and Modifications
Honda Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle's handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner's
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 424 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
425
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 426
Safety When Performing Maintenance...427
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance
Service ........................................... 428
Maintenance Minder
TM
..................... 429
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 440
Opening the Hood ........................... 441
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 442
Oil Check......................................... 443
Adding Engine Oil............................ 444
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter ...445
Engine Coolant................................ 447
Transmission Fluid............................ 449
Brake Fluid....................................... 450
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 451
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 452
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
... 461
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 465
Tire and Loading Information Label...... 466
Tire Labeling .................................... 466
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).. 468
Wear Indicators................................ 470
Tire Service Life ................................ 470
Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 471
Tire Rotation.................................... 472
Winter Tires ..................................... 473
Battery............................................... 474
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery ........... 475
Heating and Cooling System
*
/Climate
Control System
*
Maintenance....... 477
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 478
Exterior Care.................................... 480
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 425 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
426
Maintenance
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and
inspection information.
■Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.
■Periodic inspections
•Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2Checking the Brake Fluid P. 450
•Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 465
•Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
2Replacing Light Bulbs P. 452
•Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 461
■Types of Inspection and Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the information display
*
/multi-
information display
*
/intelligent multi-information
display (i-MID).
2Maintenance Service Items P. 434
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.honda.com.
2Authorized Manuals P. 519
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.
U.S. models
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 426 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
427
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance
Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.
However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether or not you should perform
a given task.
•To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
•Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
uHeat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire.
•To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
•Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or
compressed air.
•Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
uOperate the engine only when there is sufficient ventilation.
•The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
uMake sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off.
•Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
uMake sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts.
•Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
uDo not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts.
■Maintenance Safety
■Vehicle Safety
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3
WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner's manual.
3
WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner's manual.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 427 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
428
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
Maintenance
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Honda genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Honda genuine parts are manufactured according to the
same high quality standards used in Honda vehicles.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 428 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
429
Continued
Maintenance Minder
TM
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages
appear on the information display
*
/multi-information display
*
and the i-MID every
time you turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
. The messages notify you when to
change the engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle to a dealer for indicated
maintenance services.
To Use Maintenance Minder
TM
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
.
2. Press the (Select/Reset) knob repeatedly
until the engine oil life appears on the
information display.
The Maintenance Minder indicator ( ) stays
on in the instrument panel after the engine oil
life becomes 0%. Have the indicated
maintenance done by a dealer immediately.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
■Displaying the Engine Oil Life on the Information Display
*
1To Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you
can view on the i-MID.
2Maintenance Service Items P. 434
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 100 to 91
90 90 to 81
80 80 to 71
70 70 to 61
60 60 to 51
50 50 to 41
40 40 to 31
30 30 to 21
20 20 to 16
15 15 to 11
10 10 to 6
55 to 1
00
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 429 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
430
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the button repeatedly until the engine oil life appears on the multi-
information display.
■Displaying the Engine Oil Life on the Multi-Information
Display
*
Maintenance Service
Items
Remaining Engine Oil
Life
Button
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 430 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
431
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the
engine oil, appear on the i-MID.
You can view them on the Maintenance info screen at any time.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
.
2. Press the MENU button to go to the Vehicle Menu screen.
3. Select Vehicle Information, then press the SOURCE button.
4. Press the SOURCE button again to go to the Maintenance info screen. The
engine oil life appears on the i-MID.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
■Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items on
the i-MID
0(18
6285&(
SOURCE
Button
MENU Button
Sub
Item
Main
Item
Engine Oil Life
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 431 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
432
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
■Maintenance Minder Messages on the i-MID and Information Display
*
Oil Life Display on the
Information Display
Oil Life Display Explanation Information Maintenance Minder
Indicator
15% The engine oil life indicator
starts to appear along with
other due soon
maintenance item codes
when the remaining oil life
becomes 15 percent.
The engine oil is
approaching the end of
its service life.
Starts to come on when
the remaining engine oil
life becomes 15 percent.
It goes off when the
display is switched.
5% The SERVICE message also
starts to appear along with
the engine oil life indicator
and the maintenance item
codes.
The engine oil has almost
reached the end of its
service life, and the
maintenance items
should be inspected and
serviced as soon as
possible.
—
The remaining engine oil
life has passed its service
life, and a negative distance
appears after driving over
10 miles (U.S. models) or 10
km (Canadian models). The
negative distance on the
display blinks.
The engine oil life has
passed. The
maintenance items must
be inspected and
serviced immediately. Stays on as a reminder
even when the display is
switched.
15
Engine oil
Air filters
2345
5
Engine oil
Air filters
2345
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 432 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
433
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.
■Maintenance Minder Messages on the i-MID and Multi-Information Display
*
Maintenance
Message
Oil Life Display on
the Multi-
Information Display
Oil Life Display Explanation Information
SERVICE DUE SOON 15% The remaining engine oil life is 15
to 6 percent. Once you switch the
display by pressing the
button, this message will go off.
The engine oil is
approaching the end of its
service life, and the
maintenance items should
be inspected and serviced
soon.
SERVICE DUE NOW 5% The remaining engine oil life is 5
to 1 percent. Press the
button to switch to another
display.
The engine oil has almost
reached the end of its
service life, and the
maintenance items should
be inspected and serviced
as soon as possible.
SERVICE PAST DUE
—
The remaining engine oil life has
passed its service life, and a
negative distance appears after
driving over 10 miles (U.S. models)
or 10 km (Canadian models). Press
the button to switch to
another display.
The engine oil life has
passed. The maintenance
items must be inspected
and serviced immediately.
15
Engine oil
Air filters
2345
5
Engine oil
Air filters
2345
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 433 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
434
Maintenance
■Maintenance Service Items
1Maintenance Service Items
•Independent of the Maintenance Minder
information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.
•Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000
km).
•Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.
Models with information display
Maintenance Minder
Message
System Message
Indicator
Sub Items
Main
Item
Models with multi-information display
Maintenance Minder
Message
System Message
Indicator
Sub Items
Main
Item
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 434 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
435
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
*1: If a message SERVICE does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the
engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A
●
Replace engine oil
*1
B
●
Replace engine oil
*1
and oil filter
●
Inspect front and rear brakes
●
Check parking brake adjustment
●
Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
●
Inspect suspension components
●
Inspect driveshaft boots
●
Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA)
●
Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
●
Inspect exhaust system
#
●
Inspect fuel lines and connections
#
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher transmission
temperatures. This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the
Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission
fluid changed every 25,000 miles (40,000 km).
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1
●
Rotate tires
2
●
Replace air cleaner element
*2
●
Replace dust and pollen filter
*3
●
Inspect drive belt
3
●
Replace transmission fluid
*4
4
●
Replace spark plugs
●
Inspect valve clearance
5
●
Replace engine coolant
6
●
Replace rear differential fluid
*
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 435 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
436
Maintenance
Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
.
2. Display the engine oil life by repeatedly
pressing the (Select/Reset) knob.
3. Press and hold the knob for 10 seconds
or more.
uThe engine oil life indicator and the
maintenance item codes blink.
4. Press the knob for five seconds or more.
uThe displayed maintenance items
disappear, and the engine oil life display
returns to 100%.
■Resetting the Display
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE
Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance
service results in the system showing incorrect
maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious
mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after
completing the required maintenance service. If
someone other than a dealer performs maintenance
service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.
Models with information display
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 436 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
437
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Select VEHICLE SETTINGS using the button, then press the SEL/RESET
button.
3. Select MAINTENANCE RESET using the button, then press the SEL/
RESET button.
4. Select RESET using the button, then press the SEL/RESET button.
uThe service code will disappear and the engine oil life display will return to
100%.
To cancel the oil life reset mode, select CANCEL, then press the SEL/RESET button.
Models with multi-information display
Engine Oil Life
Maintenance Item Codes
SEL/RESET Button
Button
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 437 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
438
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
.
2. Go to the Maintenance info screen.
2Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items on the i-MID P. 431
3. Press the SOURCE button.
uThe oil life reset mode is displayed on the i-MID.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
All models
Engine
Oil Life
SOURCE
Button
(- Button
Maintenance Item Codes
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 438 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
439
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
4. Select Yes with the (- button, then press the SOURCE button.
uThe displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display
returns to 100%.
uAny maintenance items that are necessary for your vehicle at the next
maintenance service will appear.
To cancel the oil life reset mode, select No, then press the SOURCE button.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 439 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
440
Maintenance
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)
Engine Coolant
Reserve Tank
Radiator Cap
Washer Fluid
(Blue Cap)
Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Battery
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 440 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
441
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood
Opening the Hood
1. Park the vehicle on level ground, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
lower left corner of the dashboard.
uThe hood will pop up slightly.
3. Push up the hood latch lever in the center
of the hood to release the lock mechanism,
and open the hood.
4. Remove the support rod from the clamp
using the grip. Mount the support rod in
the hood.
When closing, remove the support rod, and
stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the
hood. Remove your hand at a height of
approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the
hood close.
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE
Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised.
The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage
either the hood or the wipers.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
Hood Release Handle
Pull
Lever
Support Rod Grip
Clamp
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 441 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
442
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil
Maintenance
Recommended Engine Oil
Oil is a major contributor to your engine's
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.
This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving
and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Use a Genuine Honda Motor Oil or another
commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown here.
■Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.
•Genuine Honda Motor Oil
•Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.
Ambient Temperature
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 442 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
443
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the
oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange handle).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil being careful not to overfill.
Upper Mark
Lower Mark
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 443 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
444
uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil
Maintenance
Adding Engine Oil
1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
1Adding Engine Oil
If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil
may damage the engine compartment components.
NOTICE
Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and
engine damage.
Engine Oil
Fill Cap
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 444 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
445
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Continued
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine's lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the
information display
*
/multi-information display
*
/i-MID.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE
You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.
Washer Drain Bolt
Oil Filter
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 445 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
446
Maintenance
4. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the remaining oil.
5. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to the engine contact surface.
uIf it is stuck, you must detach it.
6. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the contact surface of the engine block,
and install a new oil filter.
uApply a light coat of new engine oil to the oil filter gasket.
7. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then reinstall the drain bolt.
uTightening torque:
30 lbf∙ft (40 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
8. Pour the recommended engine oil into the engine.
uEngine oil change capacity (including filter):
4.6 US qt (4.4 L)
9. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and start the engine.
10. Run the engine for a few minutes, and then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
11. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
uIf necessary, add more engine oil.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.
Be sure to verify that the oil filter is designed for your
vehicle. A genuine Honda oil filter is recommended
for optimum lubrication flow and filtration properties
to assure the reliability of the engine.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 446 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
447
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
Continued
Engine Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.
2. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark,
add the specified coolant until it reaches
the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
■Reserve Tank
1Engine Coolant
If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result
in corrosion, causing the cooling system to
malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed
and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as
possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle's cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.
Reserve
Tank
MAX
MIN
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 447 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
448
Maintenance
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to
relieve any pressure in the cooling system.
Do not push the cap down when turning.
3. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counterclockwise to remove it.
4. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
6. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it
reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back
on the reserve tank.
■Radiator
1Radiator
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Radiator Cap
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 448 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
449
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid
Transmission Fluid
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
■Continuously Variable Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda HCF-2 Transmission Fluid
1Continuously Variable Transmission Fluid
NOTICE
Do not mix HCF-2 with other transmission fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than HCF-2 may
adversely affect the operation and durability of your
vehicle’s transmission, and damage the transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to HCF-2 is not covered by Honda’s
new vehicle warranty.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 449 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
450
uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid
Maintenance
Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir.
Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
■Checking the Brake Fluid
1Brake Fluid
NOTICE
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle's braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Honda Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn
brake pad as soon as possible.
Brake Reservoir
MIN
MAX
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 450 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
451
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRefilling Window Washer Fluid
Refilling Window Washer Fluid
Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir.
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.
If the washer fluid is low, the washer level indicator comes on.
If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the multi-information display.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle's paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.
Canadian models with information display
Canadian models with multi-information display
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 451 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
452
Maintenance
Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlight Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
2. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.
3. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it to the right.
4. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
High beam headlight: 60 W (HB3)
Low beam headlight: 55 W (H11 for halogen bulb type)
■High Beam Headlight
1Headlight Bulbs
NOTICE
Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit.
Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause
the bulb to overheat and shatter.
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have
the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified
technician.
When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its base,
and protect the glass from contact with your skin or
hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with
denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.
Coupler
Bulb
Tab
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 452 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
453
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs
*
1. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
2. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.
3. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it to the right.
4. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
Fog Light Bulbs
*
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Pull the hole of the cover with your finger,
then remove it.
■Low Beam Headlights
Coupler
Bulb
Tab
Fog Light: 35 W (H8 for halogen bulb type)
1Fog Light Bulbs
*
NOTICE
Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration,
or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to
overheat and shatter.
When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its
plastic case, and protect the glass from contact with
your skin or hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean
it with denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.
Cover
Hole
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 453 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
454
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs
*
Maintenance
2. Remove the screw using a Phillips-head
screwdriver and carefully pull the fog light
assembly out of the bumper.
3. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
4. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.
5. Insert new bulb.
Screw
Bulb
Coupler
Tab
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 454 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
455
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal/Side Marker Light/Parking Light Bulbs
Front Turn Signal/Side Marker Light/Parking Light
Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Turn the socket to the left and remove it,
then remove the old bulb.
2. Insert a new bulb.
Front Turn Signal/Side Marker Light/Parking Light: 28/8 W (Amber)
Models without smart entry system
Bulb
Socket
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 455 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
456
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal/Side Marker Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Front Turn Signal/Side Marker Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Turn the socket to the left and remove it,
then remove the old bulb.
2. Insert a new bulb.
Parking Light Bulbs
Parking light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light bulbs.
Front Turn Signal/Side Marker Light: 28/8 W (Amber)
Models with smart entry system
Bulb
Socket
Models with smart entry system
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 456 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
457
uuReplacing Light BulbsuSide Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Light Bulbs
*
Continued
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Light Bulbs
*
Door mirrors have the side turn lights. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
Brake Light, Taillight, Back-Up Light, Rear Turn
Signal Light and Lower Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Use a Phillip-head screwdriver to remove
the bolts.
2. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.
Lower Rear Side Marker/Brake/Taillight: 21/5W
Back-Up Light: 21W
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21W (Amber)
1Brake Light, Taillight, Back-Up Light, Rear Turn Signal Light and
Lower Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs
If it is difficult to remove the light assembly, remove
the cap.
Cap
Bolts
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 457 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
458
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Light, Taillight, Back-Up Light, Rear Turn Signal Light and Lower Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs
Maintenance
3. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
Remove the old bulb.
4. Insert a new bulb.
5. Reinstall the light assembly by sliding it on
to the guide on the body.
Bulb Socket
Guide
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 458 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
459
uuReplacing Light BulbsuUpper Rear Side Marker/Taillight Bulbs
Upper Rear Side Marker/Taillight Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the lower taillight assembly.
2Brake Light, Taillight, Back-Up Light, Rear Turn Signal Light and Lower Rear
Side Marker Light Bulbs P. 457
2. Use a Phillip-head screwdriver to remove
the bolt.
3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.
4. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
Remove the old bulb.
5. Insert a new bulb.
Upper Rear Side Marker/Taillight: 3CP
Bolt
Bulb
Socket
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 459 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
460
uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light Bulb
Maintenance
Rear License Plate Light Bulb
When replacing, use the following bulb.
1. Push the left edge of the lens to the right
and pull out the license light assembly.
2. Push the tabs to remove the lens.
3. Remove the old bulb.
4. Insert a new bulb.
High-Mount Brake Light Bulb
High-mount brake light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer
inspect and replace the light bulbs.
Rear License Plate Light: 3CP
Bulb
Tab
Tab
Lens
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 460 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
461
Continued
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces
of the blade may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the
passenger side.
2. Push the lock tab up.
3. Slide the blade from the wiper arm.
1Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the
windshield.
Lock Tab
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 461 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
462
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
4. Slide the wiper blade out from its holder by
pulling the tabbed end out.
5. Remove the retainers from the rubber blade
that has been removed, and mount to a
new rubber blade.
uCorrectly align the rubber protrusion and
the retainer grooves.
6. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder
from the bottom end.
uThe tab on the holder should fit in the
indent of the wiper blade.
7. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm
until it clicks.
8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
then the driver side.
Blade
Top Retainer
Blade
Tab
Indent
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 462 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
463
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
Continued
Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Raise the rear wiper arm up and away from
the rear window.
2. Pull up the lock tab and release the wiper
arm.
3. Slide the wiper blade out from the end with
the indent.
1Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the
rear window.
Lock Tab
Blade
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 463 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
464
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
4. Remove the retainers from wiper blade and
mount to a new rubber blade.
5. Slide the wiper blade onto the holder.
uMake sure it is engaged correctly, then
install the wiper blade assembly onto the
wiper arm.
Retainer
Rubber
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 464 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
465
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
■Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.
Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specification’s page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to
20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm
2
) per month.
■Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.
Look for:
•Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
•Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
•Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
•Excessive tread wear.
2Wear Indicators P. 470
•Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
1Checking Tires
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm
2
) higher than if
checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.
3
WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 465 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
466
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label
Maintenance
Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Tire Labeling
The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described below.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a
The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b
The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c
The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare.
d
The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.
Label
Example
Example Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)
Maximum
Tire Load
Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size
■Tire Sizes
1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
215/70R16 100S
215: Tire width in millimeters.
70: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
16: Rim diameter in inches.
100: Load index (a numerical code associated with
the maximum load the tire can carry).
S: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 466 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
467
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
■Tire Identification Number (TIN)
■Glossary of Tire Terminology
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer's identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 467 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
468
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Maintenance
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
■Uniform Tire Quality Grading
■Treadwear
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 468 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
469
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
■Traction
■Temperature
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 469 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
470
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators
Maintenance
Wear Indicators
The groove where the wear indicator is
located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.
Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 470 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
471
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement
Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause the ABS, vehicle stability assist (VSA®), hill
start assist, and the AWD
*
system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.
If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle.
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3
WARNING
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 471 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
472
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation
Maintenance
Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the information display
*
/
multi-information display
*
/intelligent multi-information display (i-MID) helps to
distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.
■Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
■Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
Front
Direction Mark
Front
Front
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 472 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
473
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires
Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked “M+S” tires, snow
tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles
when driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
•Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
•Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
•Install them on the front tires only.
•Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
•Follow the chain manufacturer's instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
•Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
•Drive slowly.
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1042
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain TC2111MM
1Winter Tires
NOTICE
Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer's instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
driving conditions. For more information, contact a
dealer.
3
WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner's
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
Models with 215/70R16 tires
Models with 225/65R17 or P225/60R18 99H tires
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 473 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
474
Maintenance
Battery
Checking the Battery
Check the battery condition monthly and check the terminals for corrosion.
If your vehicle's battery is disconnected or goes dead:
•The audio system is disabled.
2Reactivating the audio system P. 210
•The clock resets.
2Clock P. 128
•The navigation system
*
is disabled.
2Refer to the navigation system manual
Charging the Battery
Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle's electrical system.
Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.
1Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel
dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to
help prevent future corrosion.
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Please consult a dealer for more information.
3
WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 474 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
475
Continued
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Unscrew the cover with a small Phillips-
head screwdriver.
2. Open the remote transmitter.
uWrap the small flat-tip screwdriver with a
cloth to prevent scratching the
transmitter.
3. Remove the button battery with the small
flat-tip screwdriver.
4. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
■Master Keys with Remote Transmitter
*
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
Screw
Battery type: CR1620
Battery
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 475 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
476
uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery
Maintenance
1. Remove the built-in key.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
uRemove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons.
uWrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the smart entry remote.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
■Smart Entry Remote
*
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 476 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
477
Heating and Cooling System
*
/Climate Control System
*
Maintenance
Dust and Pollen Filter
The heating and cooling system
*
/climate control system
*
is equipped with a dust
and pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The
Maintenance Minder
TM
messages will let you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the heating and cooling system
*
/
climate control system
*
deteriorates noticeably, and
the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be
replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 477 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
478
Maintenance
Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
■Cleaning Seat Belts
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle.
Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if
liquids are splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches.
Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire
inside the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
away using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
Opening
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 478 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
479
uuCleaninguInterior Care
The driver’s floor mat hooks over the floor
anchors, which keep the mat from sliding
forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn
the anchor knobs to the unlock position.
When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn
the knobs to the lock position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mat.
Vacuum dirt and dust from the leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats
and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and
10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any dust or
dirt on leather surfaces immediately.
■Floor Mats
1Floor Mats
If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are
not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere
with the front seat functions.
Lock
Unlock
■Maintaining Genuine Leather
*
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 479 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
480
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive.
Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a
painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
•If driving on roads with road salt.
•If driving in coastal areas.
•If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
•Remove the audio antenna.
2Audio Antenna P. 209
•Fold in the door mirrors.
•Turn off the automatic intermittent wipers
*
.
Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.
•Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
•Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
•Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.
■Washing the Vehicle
■Using an Automated Car Wash
■Using High Pressure Cleaners
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can
cause a malfunction.
Air Intake Vents
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 480 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
481
uuCleaninguExterior Care
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly.
Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or
a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that
helps keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing.
■Applying Wax
■Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
■Cleaning the Window
■Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
*
1Applying Wax
NOTICE
Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe
away spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 481 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
482
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
■Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 482 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
483
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools
Types of Tools .................................. 484
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire......................... 485
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine........................ 491
If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is
Weak..........................................492
Emergency Engine Stop ................... 493
Jump Starting.................................... 494
Shift Lever Does Not Move.............. 496
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 497
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes
On................................................ 499
If the Charging System Indicator Comes
On ................................................. 499
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks ................................... 500
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On...................................................... 501
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator Comes On........................... 501
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks ....................... 502
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 503
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 505
Emergency Towing........................... 506
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
..507
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 483 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
484
Handling the Unexpected
Tools
Types of Tools
1Types of Tools
The tools are stored in the cargo area.
Wheel Nut Wrench/
Jack Handle
Jack
Jack Handle Bar
Jack Tool Bag
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 484 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
485
Continued
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact
spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or
replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery and apply the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever to (P.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0
*1
.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
1Changing a Flat Tire
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full-size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model. Do not use them with
another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact
spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it
with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 485 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
486
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Open the cargo area floor lid.
2. Take the tool bag out of the cargo area.
Take the wheel nut wrench and jack handle
bar out of the tool bag.
3. Take the jack out of the spare tire area.
4. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the
spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire.
■Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
Tool Bag
Spare Tire
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 486 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
487
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Continued
5. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear
of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.
6. Place the compact spare tire wheel side up
under the vehicle body, near the tire that
needs to be replaced.
7. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.
Wheel
Blocks
The tire to be replaced.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 487 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
488
Handling the Unexpected
1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.
2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in
the image until the top of the jack contacts
the jacking point.
uMake sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.
■How to Set Up the Jack
1How to Set Up the Jack
Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle.
Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or
may not fit the jacking point.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely:
•Do not use while the engine is running.
•Use only where the ground is firm and level.
•Use only at the jacking points.
•Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
•Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly, and never get under the vehicle
when it is supported only by the jack.
Jack
Handle
Bar Wheel Nut
Wrench as Jack Handle
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 488 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Continued
489
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.
2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop
rotating.
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
80 lbf∙ft (108 N∙m, 11 kgf∙m)
■Replacing the Flat Tire
1Replacing the Flat Tire
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 489 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
490
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the center cap.
2. Place the flat tire face down in the spare tire
well.
3. Remove the spacer cone from the wing
bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the
bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt.
4. Securely store the wheel nut wrench and
jack handle bar back in the tool bag. Store
the bag in the cargo area.
5. Store the jack in its holder. Turn the jack’s
end bracket to lock it in place.
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the comes on while you are driving.
After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will start blinking for a short
time and then stay on, but this is normal.
Calibrate the TPMS when you replace the tire with a specified regular tire.
2TPMS Calibration P. 401
■Storing the Flat Tire
1Storing the Flat Tire
3
WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely
before driving.
Center Cap
Spacer
Cone
Wing
Bolt
For compact spare tire
For full-size tire
■TPMS and the Spare Tire
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 490 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
491
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine
If the engine does not start, check the starter.
Starter condition Checklist
Starter doesn’t turn or turns
over slowly.
The battery may be dead. Check
each of the items on the right and
respond accordingly.
Check for a message on the intelligent multi-information display (i-MID).
●
If the TO START, HOLD REMOTE NEAR START BUTTON message appears
2If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 492
uMake sure the smart entry remote is in its operating range.
2ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range P. 154
Check the brightness of the interior lights.
Turn on the interior lights and check the brightness.
●
If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all
2Battery P. 474
●
If the interior lights come on normally 2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 505
The starter turns over normally
but the engine doesn’t start.
There may be a problem with the
fuse. Check each of the items on
the right and respond accordingly.
Review the engine start procedure.
Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 360
Check the immobilizer system indicator.
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started.
2Immobilizer System P. 147
Check the fuel level.
There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel Gauge P. 92
Check the fuse.
Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 505
If the problem continues:
2Emergency Towing P. 506
1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle to jump start it.
2Jump Starting P. 494
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 491 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
492
uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
Handling the Unexpected
If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
If the beeper sounds, the indicator on the ENGINE START/STOP button flashes,
and the engine won’t start.
The TO START, HOLD REMOTE NEAR START BUTTON message appears on the
intelligent multi-information display (i-MID).
Start the engine as follows.
1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the H logo on the smart
entry remote while the indicator on the
ENGINE START/STOP button is flashing.
The buttons on the smart entry remote
should be facing you.
uThe indicator flashes for about 30
seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button within 10
seconds after the beeper sounds and the
indicator changes from flashing to on.
uIf you don’t depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.
Models with smart entry system
Models with intelligent multi-information display
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 492 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
493
uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop
Emergency Engine Stop
The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an
emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the
following operations:
•Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds.
•Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice.
The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables
the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will
require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use
both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a
safe place.
The power mode is in ACCESSORY when the engine is stopped.
To change the mode to VEHICLE OFF, change the gear position to (P after the
vehicle comes to a complete stop.
1Emergency Engine Stop
Do not press the button while driving unless it is
absolutely necessary for the engine to be switched
off.
Models with smart entry system
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 493 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
494
Handling the Unexpected
Jump Starting
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine,
then open the hood.
1. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle's + terminal.
2. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
uUse a 12 volt booster battery only.
uWhen using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery,
select a lower charging voltage than 15
volts. Check the charger manual for the
proper setting.
3. Connect the second jumper cable to the
booster battery - terminal.
4. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the engine mounting bolt
as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable
to any other part.
5. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle's engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
6. Attempt to start your vehicle's engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
■Jump Starting Procedure
1Jump Starting
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they
do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and
may prevent the engine from starting.
3
WARNING
A battery can explode if you do not follow
the correct procedure, seriously injuring
anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the battery.
Booster Battery
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 494 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
495
uuJump Startingu
Once your vehicle's engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster - terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster + terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
■What to Do After the Engine Starts
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 495 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
496
Handling the Unexpected
Shift Lever Does Not Move
Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P
position.
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.
2. Remove the built-in key from the smart
entry remote.
3. Wrap a cloth around the tip of a small flat-
tip screwdriver. Put it into the shift lock
release slot as shown in the image, and
remove the cover.
4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot.
5. While pushing the key down, press the shift
lever release button and place the shift lever
into (N.
uThe lock is now released. Have the shift
lever checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.
■Releasing the Lock
Slot
Cover
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
All models
Release
Button
Shift Lock Release Slot
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 496 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
497
Continued
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
•The temperature gauge needle is at the mark or the engine suddenly loses
power.
•Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.
■First thing to do
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
uNo steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood.
uSteam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then open the hood.
1How to Handle Overheating
NOTICE
Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge
needle at the mark may damage the engine.
3
WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
H
H
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 497 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
498
Handling the Unexpected
■Next thing to do
1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature
gauge needle goes down.
uIf the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
uIf the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
uIf there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.
■Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge.
If the temperature needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone down,
contact a dealer for repairs.
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Reserve
Tank
MAX
MIN
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 498 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
499
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
■Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
■What to do as soon as the indicator comes on
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about three minutes.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
2Oil Check P. 443
3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator.
uThe indicator goes off: Start driving again.
uThe indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Stop the engine
and contact a dealer for repairs immediately.
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
■Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the battery is not being charged.
■What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the heating and cooling system
*
/climate control system
*
, rear
defogger, and other electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer
for repairs.
1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE
Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge
the battery.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 499 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
500
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks
■Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink
•Comes on if there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose.
•Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a
dealer.
■What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.
■The message appears on when:
An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being
loose or not being installed.
■What to do when the message appears:
1. Stop the engine.
2. Check if the fuel fill cap is fully installed.
uIf not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once.
3. Drive for several days of normal driving.
uThe message should go off.
■When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on
The malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of
gasoline vapor. If this happens, follow the procedures described earlier to check the
fuel fill cap.
■Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 500 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
501
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
■Reasons for the indicator to come on
•The brake fluid is low.
•There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Press the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
•If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
•If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes On
■Reasons for the indicator to come on
•Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system.
•If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
■What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution
system is not working. This can result in vehicle
instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
U.S.
Canada
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 501 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
502
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks
■Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low, or the TPMS has not been calibrated.
If there is a problem with the TPMS or the compact spare tire is installed,
the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on.
■What to do when the indicator comes on
Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
uCalibrate the TPMS after the tire pressure is adjusted.
2TPMS Calibration P. 401
■What to do when the indicator blinks, then remains on
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire.
The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).
uCalibrate the TPMS after a full-size tire is reinstalled.
2TPMS Calibration P. 401
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 502 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
503
Continued
Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working,
turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0
*1
and
check to see if any applicable fuse is blown.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push
the tabs to open the box.
*1: Models with the smart entry system
have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
■Engine Compartment Fuse Box
Tab
■Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1
EPS 70 A
Power Tailgate (40 A)
ABS/VSA FSR 20 A
ABS/VSA Motor 40 A
E-DPS
*
(30 A)
Main Fuse 120 A
2
Main 50 A
Fuse Box Main 60 A
Fuse Box Main 2 60 A
Headlight High Beam Main 30 A
ST Magnetic Switch (30 A)
Rear Defogger 30 A
−−
Heater Motor 40 A
Front Wiper Main 30 A
Sub Fan Motor 20 A
Main Fan Motor 20 A
3
DC/DC1 (30 A)
DC/DC2 (30 A)
IG MAIN (30 A)
IG MAIN2 (30 A)
4− −
5 − −
6− −
7 − −
8 Sub Fan Rly CL 7.5 A
9VSA ECU 7.5 A
10 Heated Door Mirror
*
(7.5 A)
11 STRLD 7.5 A
12 Injector 20 A
13 Premium Amp
*
(20 A)
14 Horn 10 A
15 Hazard 10 A
16 Stop 10 A
17 IG Coil 15 A
18 IGP2 15 A
19 Daytime Running Lights (10 A)
20 Passenger’s Power Seat
Reclining (20 A)
21 Deicer (15 A)
22 DBW 15 A
23 IGP 15 A
24 Left Headlight Low Beam 10 A
25 Right Headlight Low Beam 10 A
26 SMALL 20 A
27 MG Clutch 7.5 A
28 Interior Lights 7.5 A
29 Backup 10 A
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 503 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
504
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
■Circuit protected and fuse rating
■Interior Fuse Box
Fuse Label
Fuse Box
Circuit Protected Amps
1 − −
2ACG 10 A
3SRS 10 A
4Fuel Pump 15 A
5Meter 10 A
6Power Window 7.5 A
7VB SOL 7.5 A
8Passenger’s Side Door Lock
Motor 2 (Unlock) 15 A
9Driver’s Side Door Lock
Motor 1 (Unlock) 15 A
10 Trailer
*
(7.5 A)
11 Moonroof
*
(20 A)
12 Accessory Power Socket
(Center Console) 20 A
13 Washer Main
*
(15 A)
14 Seat Heaters
*
(20 A)
15 Driver’s Door Lock Motor
(Unlock) 10 A
16 Driver's Power Seat Sliding
*
(20 A)
17 Driver's Power Seat
Reclining
*
(20 A)
18 − −
19 ACC 7.5 A
20 ACC Key Lock 7.5 A
21 Daytime Running Lights 7.5 A
22 A/C 7.5 A
23 Wiper 10 A
24 ABS/VSA 7.5 A
25 Audio 10 A
26 Power Tailgate
*
(20 A)
27 Accessory Power Socket
(Front) 20 A
28 Washer
*
15 A
29 OPDS 7.5 A
Circuit Protected Amps
30 Driver’s Door Lock Motor
(Lock) 10 A
31 Smart
*
(10 A)
32 Passenger’s Side Door Lock
Motor 2 (Lock) 15 A
33 Driver’s Side Door Lock
Motor 1 (Lock) 15 A
34 Small Lights 10 A
35 Illumination 7.5 A
36 Rear Wiper Main
*
(10 A)
37 Front Fog Lights
*
(20 A)
38 Left Headlight High Beam 10 A
39 Right Headlight High Beam 10 A
40 − −
41 Door Lock 20 A
42 Driver’s Side Power
Window 20 A
43 Rear Passenger’s Side
Power Window 20 A
44 Front Passenger’s Side
Power Window 20 A
45 Rear Driver’s Side Power
Window 20 A
46 − −
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 504 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
505
uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses
Inspecting and Changing Fuses
1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0
*1
. Turn
headlights and all accessories off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover.
3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment.
uIf the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
uIf there is a burned out fuse, remove it
with the fuse puller and replace it with a
new one.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE
Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage.
Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on
P. 503 to 504.
Use the charts to locate the fuse in question and
conform the specific amperage on the fuse label.
2Fuse Locations P. 503
There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine
compartment fuse box cover.
Combined
Fuse
Blown Fuse
Fuse Puller
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 505 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
506
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
■Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the best way to transport your vehicle.
■Wheel lift equipment
The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off
the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to
tow your vehicle.
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE
Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle's weight.
NOTICE
Improper towing such as towing behind a motor
vehicle can damage the transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.
All models
2WD models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 506 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
507
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
If you cannot open the tailgate, use the following procedure.
1. Use a flat-tip screwdriver and remove the
cover on the inside of the tailgate.
uWrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2.
To open the tailgate, push the tailgate
while pushing the lever to the right.
2.
To open the tailgate, push the tailgate
while sliding the lever using a flat-tip screw
driver.
■What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate
1When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
What to do-following up
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the
vehicle checked.
When you open the tailgate from inside, make sure
there is enough space around the tailgate, and it
does not hit anyone or any object.
Cover
Lever
Models with power tailgate
Models with power tailgate
Lever
Models without power tailgate
Models without power tailgate
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 507 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
508
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 508 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
509
Information
This chapter includes your vehicle's specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications .................................... 510
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number and Transmission
Number ......................................... 512
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 513
Reporting Safety Defects ................. 514
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 515
Warranty Coverages ........................ 517
Authorized Manuals......................... 519
Customer Service Information......... 520
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 509 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
510
Information
Specifications
■Vehicle Specifications
*1: LX and EX models with 2WD
*2: EXL and TOURING models with 2WD
*3: LX models with AWD
*4: EX models with AWD
*5: EXL and TOURING models with AWD
*6: LX models with 2WD
*7: LX models with AWD
*8: EX and SE models with 4WD
*9: EXL and TOURING models with AWD
Model Honda CR-V
No. of Passengers:
Front 2
Rear 3
Total 5
Weights:
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating
U.S.: 4,464 lbs (2,025 kg)
*1
4,519 lbs (2,050 kg)
*2, *3
4,564 lbs (2,070 kg)
*4
4,630 lbs (2,100 kg)
*5
Canada: 2,025 kg
*6
2,050 kg
*7
2,070 kg
*8
2,100 kg
*9
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)
U.S.: 2,271 lbs (1,030 kg)
*1
2,326 lbs (1,055 kg)
*2, *3, *4
2,348 lbs (1,065 kg)
*5
Canada: 1,030 kg
*6
1,055 kg
*7, *8
1,065 kg
*9
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)
U.S.: 2,238 lbs (1,015 kg)
*1, *2, *3
2,282 lbs (1,035 kg)
*4
2,326 lbs (1,055 kg)
*5
Canada: 1,015 kg
*6, *7
1,035 kg
*8
1,055 kg
*9
■Vehicle Specifications
■Engine Specifications
■Fuel
■Washer Fluid
Air Conditioning:
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Charge Quantity 13.6 – 15.4 oz (385 – 435 g)
Lubricant Type SP-10
Displacement 144 cu-in (2,356 cm
3
)
Spark Plugs NGK DILKAR7H11GS
DILKAR7G11GS
DENSO DXE22HQR-D11S
Fuel:
Type
Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number
of 87 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 15.3 US gal (58 ℓ)
Tank Capacity U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ℓ)
Canada: 4.8 US qt (4.5 ℓ)
■Light Bulbs
*1: Models without smart entry system
*2: Models with smart entry system
*3: Except Canadian models
Headlights (Low Beam) 55W (H11)
Headlights (High Beam) 60W (HB3)
Fog Lights
*
35W (H8)
Front Turn Signal/Side Marker/
Parking Lights
*1
28/8W (Amber)
Front Turn Signal/
Side Marker Lights
*2
28/8W (Amber)
Side Turn Signal Lights
(on Door Mirrors)
*, *3
LED
Parking Lights
*2
LED
Upper Rear Side Marker/Taillights 3CP
Lower Rear Side Marker/Brake/
Taillights 21/5W
Back-Up Lights 21W
Rear Turn Signal Lights 21W (Amber)
High-Mount Brake Light LED
Rear License Plate Light 3CP
Cargo Area Light 8W
Vanity Mirror Lights
*
1.4W
Interior Lights
Map Lights 8W
Ceiling Light 8W
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 510 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
511
uuSpecificationsu
■Brake Fluid
■Continuously Variable Transmission
Fluid
*1: 2WD models
*2: AWD models
■Rear Differential Fluid
*
Specified Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Specified Honda HCF-2 Transmission Fluid
Capacity Change 3.9 US qt (3.7 ℓ)
*1
4.5 US qt (4.3 ℓ)
*2
Specified Honda Dual Pump Fluid II
Capacity Change 1.32 US qt (1.247 ℓ)
Total 1.57 US qt (1.488 ℓ)
■Engine Oil
■Engine Coolant
Recommended ·Genuine Honda Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change 4.4 US qt (4.2 ℓ)
Change
including
filter
4.6 US qt (4.4 ℓ)
Specified Honda Long-Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity
1.66 US gal (6.3 ℓ)
(change including the remaining
0.16 US gal (0.62 ℓ) in the reserve tank)
■Tire
*1: Vehicle with 16 inch wheel
*2: Vehicle with 17 inch wheel
*3: Vehicle with 18 inch wheel
Regular
Size
215/70R16 100S
*1
225/65R17 102T
*2
P225/60R18 99H
*3
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
32 (220 [2.2])
*1
33 (230 [2.3])
*2
30 (210 [2.1])
*3
Compact
Spare
Size T165/80D17 104M
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
]) 60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size Regular
16 x 6.5J
*1
17 x 7J
*2
18 x 7J
*3
Compact Spare 17 x 4T
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 511 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
512
Information
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number
and Transmission Number
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle.
The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number and transmission number are
shown as follows.
1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and
Transmission Number
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is
located under the cover.
Cover
Vehicle Identification Number
Engine Number
Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification Number
Continuously Variable
Transmission Number
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 512 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
513
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation.
Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required
standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada
Standard, described below:
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to
operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS-Gen/210/310. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference,
and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
Audio System
Bluetooth® Audio
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Immobilizer System
Remote Transmitter
Smart Entry System
*
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM*
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 513 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
514
Information
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 514 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
515
Continued
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle has “Readiness Codes,” as part of the onboard self diagnostic system.
Some States use these codes as a test to see if your vehicle's emissions components
are working properly.
The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has
gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
, without starting the
engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then
goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are
not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the fuel tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for six hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds.
5. Keep the vehicle in (P. Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there
for about three minutes.
6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is
disconnected, and set again only after several days of
driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 515 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
516
uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes
Information
7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in
(D. Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without
moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you
cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for
at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city/suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 516 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
517
Continued
Warranty Coverages
■U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered for
rust-through from the inside for the specified time period with no mileage limit.
Accessory Limited Warranty – Honda accessories are covered under this
warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other
factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Honda replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 517 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
518
uuWarranty Coveragesu
Information
Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a
replacement battery purchased from a dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as
long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Honda
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
■Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 518 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
519
Authorized Manuals
■Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.
■For U.S. Owners:
Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at 1-800-782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
■For Canadian Owners:
Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 519 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
520
Information
Customer Service Information
Honda dealership personnel are trained professionals.
They should be able to answer all your questions. If you encounter a problem that
your dealership does not solve to your satisfaction, please discuss it with the
dealership's service manager or general manager. If you are dissatisfied with the
decision made by the dealership's management, contact Honda Customer Services.
U.S. Owners:
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Honda Automobile Customer Services
Mail Stop 500-2N-7A
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: (800) 999-1009
Canadian Owners:
Honda Canada Inc.
Customer Relations
180 Honda Boulevard
Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: Honda_cr@ch.honda.com
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin
Islands:
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: (787) 620-7546
1Customer Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
•Vehicle Identification Number
2Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number and Transmission
Number P. 512
•Date of purchase
•Odometer reading of your vehicle
•Your name, address, and telephone number
•A detailed description of the problem
•Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 520 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
521
uuCustomer Service Informationu
Requirements to access Pandora®
•Latest version of the Pandora application
installed on your mobile device. (Visit the
Apple iTunes® store or Google Play
Marketplace to download the latest
version.)
•Registered Pandora account (you can
create a free account at
www.pandora.com <http://
www.pandora.com/> or on your
smartphone)
•Connection to the internet via WiFi or
cellular data network.
•Android devices must be connected to
the vehicle via Bluetooth, iPhone® devices
may be connected via Bluetooth or USB.
■Disclaimer of Pandora®
*Limitations
•Access to Pandora requires an active
internet connection
•Ability to access Pandora through this
system is subject to change without
notice
•Certain functionality of Pandora service is
not available when accessing the service
through this system including, but not
limited to, creating new stations, deleting
stations, emailing current stations,
buying songs, viewing additional text
information, logging in to Pandora, and
adjusting Cell Network Audio Quality.
Pandora internet radio is a music service
not affiliated with HONDA. More
information is available at http://
www.pandora.com <http://
www.pandora.com/>. Pandora, the
Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used
with permission.
•Mobile access requires a smartphone
with an active data plan. Standard data
rates may apply.
•Pandora is only available in the United
States.
* Not available on all models
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 521 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
Index
522
Index
Index
Numbers
4WD........................................................... 400
A
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)................... 407
Accessories and Modifications ................. 424
Accessory Power Sockets .......................... 189
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)................. 375
Indicator .................................................... 82
Additives
Coolant ................................................... 447
Engine Oil................................................ 442
Washer.................................................... 451
Additives, Engine Oil................................ 442
Adjusting
Armrest ................................................... 184
Front Seats .............................................. 175
Head Restraints........................................ 178
Mirrors .................................................... 173
Rear Seat Back......................................... 183
Rear Seats................................................ 182
Steering Wheel ........................................ 172
Adjusting the Sound................................. 237
Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
System) .................................................... 200
Changing the Mode ................................ 200
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ............................................... 201
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 477
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 200
Sensors ................................................... 203
Synchronized Mode................................. 202
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 200
Air Conditioning System (Heating and
Cooling System) ...................................... 197
Cooling ................................................... 199
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows............................................... 199
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 477
Heating ................................................... 198
Air Pressure....................................... 466, 511
Airbags........................................................ 41
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 47
Airbag Care............................................... 53
Event Data Recorder.................................... 0
Front Airbags (SRS).................................... 44
Indicator.............................................. 51, 73
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 52
Sensors ..................................................... 41
Side Airbags .............................................. 48
Side Curtain Airbags.................................. 50
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) ............................ 400
AM/FM Radio............................................ 215
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 407
Indicator.................................................... 73
Armrest ..................................................... 184
Audio Antenna......................................... 209
Audio System............................................ 206
Adjusting the Sound................................ 214
Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 207
Error Messages........................................ 262
General Information................................ 267
Internet Radio ......................................... 224
iPhone .................................................... 270
iPod ........................................................ 221
MP3/WMA/AAC ..................... 218, 226, 253
Pandora®................................................ 224
Reactivating ............................................ 210
Recommended CDs ................................ 268
Recommended Devices ........................... 270
Security Code ......................................... 210
Theft Protection ...................................... 210
USB Adapter Cable ................................. 207
USB Flash Drives...................................... 270
USB Port(s).............................................. 208
Audio/Information Screen ....................... 233
Authorized Manuals ................................ 519
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................ 139
Customize .............................................. 122
Automatic Intermittent Wipers .............. 165
Automatic Lighting.................................. 160
Auxiliary Input Jack ................................. 207
Average Fuel Economy ...................... 94, 112
Average Speed ......................................... 112
AWD (All-Wheel Drive)............................ 400
B
Battery ...................................................... 474
Charging System Indicator ................ 71, 499
Jump Starting ......................................... 494
Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ....... 474
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 522 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
523
Index
Maintenance (Replacing)......................... 475
Belts (Seat).................................................. 33
Beverage Holders..................................... 188
Bluetooth® Audio..................................... 229
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.................... 284
Booster Seats (For Children)...................... 66
Brake System ............................................ 405
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 407
Brake Assist System................................. 408
Fluid ....................................................... 450
Foot Brake .............................................. 406
Indicator ........................................... 70, 501
Parking Brake.......................................... 405
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) ... 167
Bulb Replacement.................................... 452
Brake Light, Taillight, Back-Up Light, Rear
Turn Signal Light and Lower Rear Side
Marker Lights...................................... 457
Fog Lights ............................................... 453
Front Turn Signal/Side Marker Light/
Parking Lights ....................................... 455
Front Turn Signal/Side Marker Lights ....... 456
Headlights .............................................. 452
High-Mount Brake Light.......................... 460
Parking Lights ......................................... 456
Rear License Plate Lights ......................... 460
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator
Lights.................................................... 457
Upper Rear Side Marker/Taillights............ 459
Bulb Specifications................................... 510
C
Carbon Monoxide Gas................................ 67
Cargo Hook............................................... 192
Cargo Side Net.......................................... 191
Carrying Cargo.................................. 349, 351
CD Player................................................... 218
Certification Label .................................... 512
Changing Bulbs......................................... 452
Charging System Indicator................. 71, 499
Child Safety................................................. 54
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 138
Child Seat .................................................... 54
Booster Seats............................................. 66
Child Seat for Infants................................. 56
Child Seat for Small Children ..................... 57
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt .................................................. 62
Larger Children.......................................... 65
Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 56
Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 58
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 138
Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 480
Cleaning the Interior................................ 478
Climate Control System............................ 200
Changing the Mode ................................ 200
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ............................................... 201
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 477
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 200
Sensors.................................................... 203
Synchronized Mode ................................. 202
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 200
Clock.......................................................... 128
CMBS
TM
(Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
)................................................. 409
Coat Hook................................................. 191
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)................................................. 409
Indicator.............................................. 83, 84
Compact Spare Tire .......................... 485, 511
Compass .................................................... 342
Console Compartment ............................. 187
Continuously Variable Transmission ....... 367
Creeping................................................. 367
Fluid........................................................ 449
Kickdown................................................ 367
Operating the Shift Lever................... 19, 369
Shift Lever Does Not Move ...................... 496
Shifting ................................................... 368
Controls..................................................... 127
Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 447
Adding to the Radiator............................ 448
Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 447
Overheating ............................................ 497
Creeping (Continuously Variable
Transmission) .......................................... 367
Cruise Control........................................... 371
Indicator.................................................... 79
Cup Holders .............................................. 188
Customer Service Information................. 520
Customized Features................ 100, 114, 271
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 523 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
524
Index
D
Daytime Running Lights........................... 163
Dead Battery............................................. 494
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows.......................................... 199, 201
Detachable Anchor..................................... 38
Devices that Emit Radio Waves................ 513
Dimming
Headlights ............................................... 159
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 173
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................. 443
Directional Signals (Turn Signals) ............ 158
Display Button .......................................... 111
Display Setup ............................................ 238
Door Mirrors ............................................. 174
Doors ......................................................... 130
Auto Door Locking .................................. 139
Auto Door Unlocking............................... 139
Door Open Indicator .................................. 32
Keys ........................................................ 130
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside..................................................... 137
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside.................................................. 133
Lockout Prevention System ...................... 136
DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 468
Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support .................. 175
Driving....................................................... 347
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) ................ 375
Braking.................................................... 405
Continuously Variable Transmission ......... 367
Cruise Control......................................... 371
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines............... 358
Shifting Gear........................................... 368
Starting the Engine.......................... 360, 362
Driving Position Memory System ............ 170
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 477
E
Eco Assist System .......................................... 9
ECON Button ............................................ 370
Elapsed Time............................................. 112
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator............................................ 76, 501
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............. 396
Emergency ................................................ 506
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes)....... 515
Engine ....................................................... 512
Coolant................................................... 447
Jump Starting.......................................... 494
Oil........................................................... 442
Starting ........................................... 360, 362
Switch Buzzer.................................. 153, 156
Engine Coolant......................................... 447
Adding to the Radiator............................ 448
Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 447
Overheating ............................................ 497
Temperature Gauge .................................. 92
Engine Oil ................................................. 442
Adding.................................................... 444
Checking................................................. 443
Displaying Oil Life ................................... 429
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 70, 499
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 442
ENGINE START/STOP Button.................... 154
EPS (Electric Power Steering)
System............................................... 76, 501
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon
Monoxide) ................................................ 67
Exterior Care (Cleaning) .......................... 480
Exterior Mirrors........................................ 174
F
Features .................................................... 205
Filters
Dust and Pollen....................................... 477
Oil .......................................................... 445
Flat Tire..................................................... 485
Floor Mats ................................................ 479
Fluids
Brake ...................................................... 450
Continuously Variable Transmission ........ 449
Engine Coolant ....................................... 447
Windshield Washer ................................. 451
Fog Light Indicator .................................... 77
Folding Down the Rear Seats.................. 182
Foot Brake ................................................ 406
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 44
Front Seats................................................ 175
Adjusting ................................................ 175
Front Sensor Camera ............................... 374
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 524 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
525
Index
Fuel ..................................................... 21, 420
Economy................................................. 423
Gauge ...................................................... 92
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 72
Range ............................................... 94, 112
Recommendation.................................... 420
Refueling ................................................ 420
Fuel Economy ........................................... 423
Fuel Fill Cap .............................................. 422
Message ................................................. 500
Fuel Fill Door ............................................ 421
Fuses ......................................................... 503
Inspecting and Changing ........................ 505
Locations ........................................ 503, 504
G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy................................................. 423
Gauge ...................................................... 92
Information............................................. 420
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 72
Refueling ................................................ 420
Gauges........................................................ 92
Gear Shift Lever Positions
Continuously Variable Transmission ........ 368
Glass (care) ............................................... 481
Glove Box ................................................. 187
H
Handling the Unexpected ........................ 483
HandsFreeLink® (HFL)............................... 284
Automatic Import of Cellular
Phonebook and Call History........... 300, 327
Automatic Transferring ............................ 298
Caller’s ID Information............................. 298
HFL Buttons..................................... 284, 313
HFL Menus ...................................... 286, 315
HFL Status Display ........................... 285, 314
Limitations for Manual Operation .... 285, 314
Mail Account........................................... 335
Making a Call .................................. 303, 330
Options During a Call ...................... 307, 333
Phone Setup.................................... 291, 320
Receiving a Call ............................... 306, 333
Ring Tone................................................ 326
Speed Dial ....................................... 301, 328
Text Message .......... 296, 308, 325, 334, 336
To Clear the System................................. 299
To Create a Security PIN .......................... 297
Hazard Warning Button............................... 4
HDMI® Port ............................................... 209
Head Restraints......................................... 178
Headlights................................................. 159
Aiming .................................................... 452
Automatic Operation............................... 160
Dimming ......................................... 159, 163
Operating ................................................ 159
Heated Door Mirror Button..................... 168
Heated Windshield Button ...................... 169
Heaters (Seat) ........................................... 194
Heating and Cooling System ................... 197
Cooling................................................... 199
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows............................................... 199
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 477
Heating ................................................... 198
HFL (HandsFreeLink®)............................... 284
High Beam Indicator .................................. 77
Hill Start Assist System ..................... 361, 365
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver............ 282
HondaLink ................................................ 340
I
Identification Numbers ............................ 512
Engine and Transmission ......................... 512
Vehicle Identification ............................... 512
Ignition Switch ......................................... 153
Illumination Control................................. 167
Knob....................................................... 167
i-MID (intelligent Multi-Information
Display).................................................... 111
Immobilizer System .................................. 147
Indicator.................................................... 78
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 525 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
526
Index
Indicators..................................................... 70
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) .................. 82
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) System................... 73
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................... 73
Brake System ............................................. 81
Charging System ............................... 71, 499
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) ........................................... 83, 84
CRUISE CONTROL.............................. 79, 372
CRUISE MAIN .................................... 79, 371
Door Open .......................................... 32, 75
ECON Mode ...................................... 78, 370
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System .. 76, 501
Fog Light ................................................... 77
High Beam................................................. 77
Immobilizer System.................................... 78
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ................. 85
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ............ 82
Lights On................................................... 77
Low Fuel.................................................... 72
Low Oil Pressure ................................ 70, 499
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ..................... 76, 403
Maintenance Minder ......................... 79, 429
Malfunction Indicator Lamp ............... 71, 500
Parking Brake and Brake System ........ 70, 501
Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 34, 72
Security System Alarm ............................... 78
Shift Lever Position .................................... 71
Smart Entry System.................................... 80
Starter System ........................................... 80
Supplemental Restraint System ............ 51, 73
System Message Indicator ......................... 81
Tailgate Open............................................ 75
Transmission ............................................. 72
Turn Signal................................................ 77
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)
System ............................................ 74, 396
VSA® OFF .......................................... 74, 397
Washer Level............................................. 79
Information .............................................. 509
Information Button.................................... 96
Information Display ................................... 93
Instant Fuel Economy Gauge..................... 98
Instrument Panel ........................................ 69
Brightness Control................................... 167
intelligent Multi-Information Display
(i-MID) ..................................................... 111
Interior Lights ........................................... 185
Interior Rearview Mirror.......................... 173
Internet Radio .................................. 251, 252
iPod ........................................................... 221
J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 488
Jump Starting ........................................... 494
K
Key Number Tag....................................... 132
Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 136
Keys........................................................... 130
Lockout Prevention ................................. 136
Master Keys ............................................ 130
Number Tag............................................ 132
Rear Door Won’t Open ........................... 138
Remote Transmitter ................................ 133
Types and Functions................................ 130
Valet Key ................................................ 131
Won’t Turn ............................................... 24
Kickdown (Continuously Variable
Transmission).......................................... 367
L
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ............. 386
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ........ 390
Indicator ................................................... 82
LaneWatch
TM
............................................ 398
Language (HFL) ........................................ 285
LATCH (Child Seats) ............................. 59, 63
LDW (Lane Departure Warning) ............. 386
Lights ................................................ 159, 452
Automatic............................................... 160
Bulb Replacement ................................... 452
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 163
Fog Lights ............................................... 162
High Beam Indicator ................................. 77
Interior.................................................... 185
Light Switches......................................... 159
Lights On Indicator.................................... 77
Turn Signals ............................................ 158
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 526 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
527
Index
Load Limits ............................................... 351
Locking/Unlocking ................................... 130
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................. 139
Childproof Door Locks ............................ 138
From Inside ............................................. 137
From Outside .......................................... 133
Keys........................................................ 130
Using a Key............................................. 136
Lockout Prevention System ..................... 136
Low Battery Charge ................................. 499
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 72
Low Oil Pressure Indicator................. 70, 499
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal
Strength.................................................. 132
Lower Anchors ..................................... 59, 63
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit)............. 351
M
Maintenance ............................................ 425
Battery.................................................... 474
Brake Fluid.............................................. 450
Cleaning ................................................. 478
Climate Control System .......................... 477
Coolant .................................................. 447
Heating and Cooling System ................... 477
Maintenance Minder
TM
............................ 429
Oil .......................................................... 443
Precautions ............................................. 426
Radiator.................................................. 448
Remote Transmitter ................................ 475
Replacing Light Bulbs............................... 452
Safety...................................................... 427
Service Items ........................................... 434
Tires ........................................................ 465
Transmission Fluid ................................... 449
Under the Hood ...................................... 440
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 71, 500
Map Lights ................................................ 186
Maximum Load Limit ............................... 351
Meters, Gauges........................................... 92
Mirrors....................................................... 173
Adjusting................................................. 173
Door........................................................ 174
Exterior.................................................... 174
Interior Rearview ..................................... 173
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 424
Moonroof.................................................. 152
MP3 ........................................... 218, 226, 253
Multi-Information Display ......................... 96
Multi-View Rear Camera.......................... 417
N
Numbers (Identification) .......................... 512
O
Odometer.............................................. 93, 97
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............. 358
Oil (Engine) ............................................... 442
Adding .................................................... 444
Checking................................................. 443
Displaying Oil Life.................................... 429
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 70, 499
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 442
Viscosity.................................................. 442
Opening/Closing
Hood....................................................... 441
Moonroof ............................................... 152
Power Windows...................................... 150
Tailgate ................................................... 140
Outside Temperature........................... 95, 98
Adjusting ............................................ 95, 98
Overheating.............................................. 497
P
Pandora®........................................... 224, 252
Panic Mode ............................................... 149
Parking...................................................... 416
Parking Brake ........................................... 405
Parking Brake and Brake System
Indicator............................................ 70, 501
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ................. 52
Passing Indicators ..................................... 159
Playing Bluetooth® Audio........................ 256
Power Tailgate ......................................... 143
Power Windows ....................................... 150
Precautions While Driving ....................... 366
Driving Guidelines for Your Utility
Vehicle .................................................. 366
Rain ........................................................ 366
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 527 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
528
Index
Pregnant Women ....................................... 39
Puncture (Tire) .......................................... 485
R
Radiator..................................................... 448
Radio (AM/FM).......................................... 215
Radio (XM®).............................................. 242
Radio Data System (RDS).................. 217, 240
Range .................................................. 94, 112
RDS (Radio Data System).................. 217, 240
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 515
Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control
System
TM
.................................................. 400
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button...................................................... 168
Rear Seat Back .......................................... 183
Rear Seats (Folding Down)....................... 182
Rearview Mirror........................................ 173
Refueling................................................... 420
Fuel Gauge ................................................ 92
Gasoline .......................................... 420, 510
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 72
Regulations ............................... 403, 468, 513
Remote Transmitter.................................. 133
Replacement
Battery..................................................... 475
Bulbs ....................................................... 452
Front Wiper Blade Rubber........................ 461
Fuses ............................................... 503, 504
Rear Wiper Blade Rubber ......................... 463
Tires ........................................................ 471
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 514
Resetting a Trip Meter ............................... 94
S
Safe Driving ................................................ 27
Safety Check ............................................... 32
Safety Labels............................................... 68
Safety Message............................................. 1
Seat Belts .................................................... 33
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor.................. 37
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 35
Checking................................................... 40
Detachable Anchor.................................... 38
Fastening .................................................. 36
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt.................................................. 62
Pregnant Women ...................................... 39
Reminder .................................................. 34
Warning Indicator ............................... 34, 72
Seat Heaters.............................................. 194
Seats .......................................................... 175
Adjusting ................................................ 175
Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support .................. 175
Front Seats .............................................. 175
Rear Seats ............................................... 182
Seat Heaters............................................ 194
Security System......................................... 147
Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 78
Security System Alarm Indicator................. 78
SEL/RESET Button ....................................... 96
Select Lever ........................................ 19, 368
Operation ......................................... 19, 369
Releasing ................................................ 496
Won’t Move ........................................... 496
Select/Reset Knob ...................................... 93
Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 58
Selector Knob (Audio) ............................. 213
Setting the Clock...................................... 128
Shift Lever .......................................... 19, 368
Shift Lever Position Indicator ............ 71, 369
Shifting (Transmission) ............................ 368
Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 37
Side Airbags ............................................... 48
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 50
Siri Eyes Free............................................. 261
Smart Entry System .................................. 134
SMS Text Message............................ 296, 308
Snow Tires ................................................ 473
Spare Tire ......................................... 485, 511
Spark Plugs ............................................... 510
Specifications ........................................... 510
Specified Fuel ................................... 420, 510
Speedometer.............................................. 92
SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................ 44
Starting the Engine.......................... 360, 362
Does Not Start ........................................ 491
Engine Switch Buzzer...................... 153, 156
Jump Starting ......................................... 494
Steering Wheel ........................................ 172
Adjusting ................................................ 172
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 528 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
529
Index
Stopping ................................................... 416
Summer Tires............................................ 473
Sunglasses Holder .................................... 193
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 44
Switches (Around the Steering
Wheel) ............................................ 4, 5, 153
Synchronized Mode ................................. 202
T
Tachometer ................................................ 92
Tailgate..................................................... 140
Remote Transmitter ................................ 142
Unable to Open ...................................... 507
Temperature Gauge .................................. 92
Temperature Sensor ................................ 203
Text Message.................................... 296, 308
Time (Setting)........................................... 128
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)..................................................... 401
Button .................................................... 401
Indicator ................................................... 76
Tires .......................................................... 465
Air Pressure..................................... 466, 511
Checking and Maintaining ...................... 465
Inspection ............................................... 465
Labeling.................................................. 466
Puncture (Flat Tire) .................................. 485
Regulations............................................. 468
Rotation.................................................. 472
Spare Tire ....................................... 485, 511
Summer .................................................. 473
Tire Chains .............................................. 473
Wear Indicators ....................................... 470
Winter..................................................... 473
Tonneau Cover ......................................... 195
Tools .......................................................... 484
Towing a Trailer ....................................... 353
Equipment and Accessories ..................... 354
Load Limits .............................................. 353
Towing Your Vehicle ................................ 357
Behind a Motorhome .............................. 357
Emergency .............................................. 506
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
System) .................................................... 401
Button..................................................... 401
Indicator.................................................... 76
Transmission ............................................. 368
Continuously Variable.............................. 368
Fluid ........................................................ 449
Number................................................... 512
Shift Lever Position Indicator .............. 71, 369
Trip Meter ............................................. 94, 97
Troubleshooting ....................................... 483
Blown Fuse...................................... 503, 504
Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 24
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door.......... 25
Emergency Towing .................................. 506
Engine Won’t Start .................................. 491
Noise When Braking .................................. 26
Overheating ............................................ 497
Puncture/Flat Tire..................................... 485
Rear Door Won’t Open...................... 25, 138
Select Lever Won’t Move......................... 496
Warning Indicators .................................... 70
Turn Signals .............................................. 158
Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 77
U
Unlocking the Doors ................................ 133
Unlocking the Front Doors from the
Inside ......................................................... 14
USB Adapter Cable........................... 206, 207
USB Flash Drives ....................................... 270
USB Port(s) ........................................ 206, 208
V
Valet Key................................................... 131
Vanity Mirrors............................................... 7
Vehicle Identification Number ................ 512
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®).................. 396
Off Button............................................... 397
Off Indicator.............................................. 74
System Indicator........................................ 74
Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 442, 511
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist).................. 396
W
Wallpaper ......................................... 123, 235
Warning and Information Messages......... 86
Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 499
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 529 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
530
Index
Warning Labels ........................................... 68
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately)............................................... 517
Watts ......................................................... 510
Wear Indicators (Tire)............................... 470
Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle)............ 488
Window Washers...................................... 164
Adding/Refilling Fluid............................... 451
Switch ..................................................... 164
Windows (Opening and Closing)............. 150
Windshield ................................................ 164
Cleaning.................................................. 481
Defrosting/Defogging ...................... 199, 201
Washer Fluid............................................ 451
Wiper Blades ........................................... 461
Wipers and Washers ................................ 164
Winter Tires............................................... 473
Snow Tires............................................... 473
Tire Chains .............................................. 473
Wipers and Washers ................................. 164
Automatic Intermittent Wipers................. 165
Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 461
Front ....................................................... 164
Rear......................................................... 166
WMA ......................................... 218, 226, 253
Worn Tires................................................. 465
X
XM® Radio................................................. 242
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 530 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 531 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分
15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book 532 ページ ２０１５年２月２日　月曜日　午前１０時３５分

Navigation menu